WO2018186262A1 - Polyimide film, laminate, and surface material for display - Google Patents
Polyimide film, laminate, and surface material for display Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018186262A1 WO2018186262A1 PCT/JP2018/012874 JP2018012874W WO2018186262A1 WO 2018186262 A1 WO2018186262 A1 WO 2018186262A1 JP 2018012874 W JP2018012874 W JP 2018012874W WO 2018186262 A1 WO2018186262 A1 WO 2018186262A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- polyimide
- residue
- film
- bis
- group
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/34—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to a polyimide film, a laminate, and a display surface material.
- thin plate glass is excellent in hardness, heat resistance, etc., it is difficult to bend, it is easy to break when dropped, there is a problem in workability, and it is heavy compared to plastic products. For this reason, from the viewpoint of workability and weight reduction, research on resin products that are glass substitute products has been conducted.
- a polyimide resin is a highly heat-resistant resin obtained by subjecting a polyamic acid obtained by a condensation reaction of an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and an aromatic diamine to a dehydration ring-closing reaction.
- polyimide resins generally show yellow or brown coloration, it has been difficult to use them in fields that require transparency, such as display applications and optical applications. Then, applying the polyimide which improved transparency to the member for a display is examined.
- Patent Document 1 discloses 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic acid dicarboxylic acid as polyimide resins having high heat resistance, high transparency, and low water absorption.
- a polyimide resin obtained by reacting with an imino forming compound is disclosed, and is described as being suitable for a substrate material such as a flat panel display or a mobile phone device.
- Patent Document 2 includes a unit structure derived from aromatic dianhydride and aromatic diamine, and includes an additive for improving tear strength, or a functional group selected from the group consisting of a hexafluoro group, a sulfone group, and an oxy group.
- a transparent polyimide film is further disclosed that further includes a unit structure derived from the monomer it has.
- Patent Document 3 discloses a polyimide film having a peak peak in a tan ⁇ curve, which is a value obtained by dividing a loss elastic modulus by a storage elastic modulus, as a polyimide film having excellent transparency and heat resistance. ing.
- Patent Document 4 is obtained from a polyimide layer (b) including a heat-fusible polyimide layer and a specific tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component laminated in contact with the polyimide layer (b).
- a polyimide film containing a polyimide layer (a) containing polyimide is disclosed, and it is described that a metal laminate such as a copper foil is bonded to a surface having heat fusion properties of the polyimide film to form a metal laminate. ing.
- the resin film used as the surface material if the film thickness is reduced, the rigidity of the film is lowered, and there is a problem that the function of protecting the light emitting device and the circuit from the impact is lowered. Thus, it is considered that the impact resistance and the bending resistance are contradictory characteristics in the resin film.
- the resin film used as the surface material has a film thickness that balances impact resistance and bending resistance. Therefore, it can provide satisfactory impact resistance compared to glass used for rigid panels that cannot be bent. However, both impact resistance and bending resistance are required.
- This indication is made in view of the above-mentioned problem, and it aims at providing the resin film which is excellent in impact resistance and favorable in bending resistance. Moreover, this indication aims at providing the surface material for displays which is the laminated body which has the said resin film, and the said resin film or the said laminated body.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, has an overall thickness of 5 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1. It is.
- the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is 1.2 times or more of the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus. It is preferable from the point of bending resistance.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has three or more polyimide layers, and the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is located on at least one surface, in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance. To preferred.
- the polyimide layer having three or more polyimide layers and having the smallest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is not located on the surface.
- the thickest layer among the polyimide layers is not a polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance.
- the total thickness of the polyimide layers having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is preferably 60% or less of the total thickness from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance.
- the internal angle after the test is 90 ° or more.
- Static bending test method A polyimide film test piece cut out to 15 mm ⁇ 40 mm is bent at a position of half of the long side, and both ends of the long side of the test piece sandwich a metal piece (100 mm ⁇ 30 mm ⁇ 6 mm) having a thickness of 6 mm from the upper and lower surfaces.
- test piece Placed between glass plates (100 mm x 100 mm x 0.7 mm) from above and below with the tape fixed so that the overlap between the top and bottom surfaces of the test piece and the metal piece is 10 mm each.
- the test piece is fixed in a bent state with an inner diameter of 6 mm.
- a dummy test piece is sandwiched between the metal piece and the glass plate where there is no test piece, and is fixed with tape so that the glass plate is parallel.
- the test piece thus fixed in a bent state is left to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90% relative humidity (RH), and then the glass plate and fixing tape are removed, and the test piece is attached to the test piece. Release this force. Thereafter, one end of the test piece is fixed, and the internal angle of the test piece 30 minutes after the force applied to the test piece is released is measured.
- the yellowness calculated by JIS K7373-2006 divided by the film thickness ( ⁇ m) is 0.330 or less, so that yellowing is suppressed. From the viewpoint of improving light transmittance.
- the two or more polyimide layers each include an aromatic ring, and (i) a fluorine atom, (ii) an aliphatic ring, and (iii) the aromatic rings are sulfonyl groups.
- the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers contains polyimide having a structure represented by the following general formula (1). This is preferable from the viewpoint of bending resistance.
- R 1 is 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue.
- R 2 is a 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine residue, 4,4′- Diaminodiphenylsulfone residue, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane residue, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, bis [4- (4 -Aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) diphenyl ether residue, 1,4-bis [4-amino-2- (trifluoromethyl) phenoxy ] Benzene residue, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane residue, 4,4′-di
- the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers contains a polyimide having a structure represented by the general formula (1), and is represented by the following general formula (2). It is preferable to further include a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a structure from the viewpoints of light transmittance, impact resistance, and bending resistance.
- R 3 is a tetravalent group is a tetracarboxylic acid residue having an aromatic ring or aliphatic ring
- R 4 represents a divalent group which is a diamine residue
- R 4 I is a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain
- the remaining R 4 does not have a silicon atom and has an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. More than half of the remaining R 4 is 1,4-cyclohexanediamine residue, trans-1,4-bismethylenecyclohexanediamine residue, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone residue.
- N ′ represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.
- R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a perfluoroalkyl group.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a structure represented by the general formula (2) from the viewpoint of light transmittance and bending resistance.
- the laminate of the present disclosure is a laminate having the polyimide film of the present disclosure and a hard coat layer containing at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
- the radical polymerizable compound is a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule
- the cationic polymerizable compound is one molecule of at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
- a compound having two or more compounds is preferable from the viewpoints of hardness and adhesion of the hard coat layer, and light transmittance and impact resistance.
- the display surface material of the present disclosure is the polyimide film of the present disclosure or the laminate of the present disclosure.
- the display surface material of the present disclosure can be used for a flexible display.
- the present disclosure it is possible to provide a resin film having excellent impact resistance and good bending resistance. Moreover, according to this indication, the surface material for displays which is the laminated body which has the said resin film, and the said resin film or the said laminated body can be provided.
- polyimide film of the present disclosure has two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, has an overall thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, and has a total light transmittance of 85 measured according to JIS K7361-1. % Or more.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a polyimide film of the present disclosure.
- a polyimide film 10 of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 1 has a polyimide layer 1b between a polyimide layer 1a and a polyimide layer 1a ′, and the polyimide layer 1a and the polyimide layer 1a ′ have the same Young's modulus. 1b is different in Young's modulus from the polyimide layer 1a and the polyimide layer 1a ′.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another example of the polyimide film of the present disclosure.
- a polyimide film 11 of the present disclosure shown in FIG. 2 has a polyimide layer 1a and a polyimide layer 1b, and the polyimide layer 1a and the polyimide layer 1b have different Young's moduli.
- the Young's modulus is measured using a nanoindentation method at a temperature of 25 ° C. according to ISO14577 using a cross section of a test piece obtained by cutting a polyimide film in the thickness direction.
- PICODETOR® HM500 manufactured by Fisher Instruments Co., Ltd. is used as a measuring device, and a Vickers indenter is used as a measurement indenter.
- the value obtained by measuring 8 arbitrary points and calculating the number average is taken as the Young's modulus of each layer.
- the measurement conditions are the maximum indentation depth: 1000 nm, weighted time: 20 seconds, and creep time: 5 seconds.
- the fact that the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer is different means that the difference in Young's modulus is 0.3 GPa or more. If the difference in Young's modulus is less than 0.3 GPa, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer is Are the same as each other.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has a total light transmittance of 85% or more measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1.
- the total light transmittance measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1 is preferably 88% or more, and more preferably 90% or more.
- the total light transmittance measured according to JIS K7361-1 can be measured by, for example, a haze meter (for example, HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory).
- the reason why the polyimide film of the present disclosure has excellent impact resistance and good bending resistance is estimated as follows.
- a resin film having excellent bending resistance can improve impact resistance by increasing the thickness of the film.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, so that it has excellent impact resistance and bending resistance.
- a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus is relatively difficult to deform and has excellent impact resistance.
- a polyimide layer having a relatively small Young's modulus is relatively easily deformed and has excellent bending resistance.
- a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus improves impact resistance
- a polyimide layer having a relatively small Young's modulus improves bending resistance. Therefore, it is considered that both impact resistance and bending resistance are compatible.
- a polyimide layer having a relatively high Young's modulus has a strong tendency to diffuse the collision force on the surface
- a polyimide layer having a relatively low Young's modulus diffuses the collision force over time. The tendency is strong.
- the maximum value of impact force can be appropriately diffused and reduced by combining polyimide layers having different effects of diffusing collision force in this way, It is thought that the impact resistance is further improved.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, has an overall thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, and a total light transmittance of 85% or more.
- Other configurations may be provided as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure is formed by laminating two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli and having two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli adjacent to each other. is there.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure may have two polyimide layers as shown in FIG. 2, or may have three polyimide layers as shown in FIG. Although not shown, it may have four or more polyimide layers.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure may be one in which at least two polyimide layers have different Young's moduli, and may include two or more polyimide layers having the same Young's modulus.
- the polyimide layers adjacent to each other are preferably polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, and relative to the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus between adjacent layers, In particular, it is more preferable that polyimide layers having a low Young's modulus are alternately laminated.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has three or more polyimide layers, and the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is located on at least one surface.
- the number of polyimide layers is preferably 3 or more and an odd number.
- the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is located on one surface, and the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus
- the Young's modulus is preferably 1.0 times or more and less than 1.2 times the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer located on the other surface, and it is preferably 1.0 times or more and 1.1 times or less. It is more preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the warp of the film and the bending resistance.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has three or more polyimide layers, and it is preferable from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance that the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is not located on the surface. Especially, it is preferable that the number of polyimide layers is three or more and an odd number, and the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is located in the center.
- the polyimide film of this indication which consists of two polyimide layers is preferable from the point which can be reduced in thickness, improving impact resistance and bending resistance.
- the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus is relatively high in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance, and suppressing warping of the film.
- the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having a small Young's modulus is preferably 1.2 times or more and 2.0 times or less.
- the number of polyimide layers is 3 or more and an odd number, and a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus between adjacent layers; More preferably, polyimide layers having relatively small Young's modulus are alternately laminated, and the polyimide layer located on the surface is a polyimide layer having relatively large Young's modulus, and is located on one surface. More preferably, the polyimide layer and the polyimide layer located on the other surface are polyimide layers having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers, and the polyimide layer located in the center has the smallest Young's modulus. More preferably, it is a polyimide layer.
- the number of polyimide layers of the polyimide film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is 2 or more, but it is 5 layers or less from the viewpoint of thinning the polyimide film and easy production. Preferably, it is 2 layers or 3 layers. Among these, a three-layer structure in which layers having a Young's modulus larger than that of the polyimide layer are located on both surfaces of a polyimide layer having a relatively small Young's modulus is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of impact resistance.
- the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is 1.2 times or more of the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance. More preferably, it is 1.5 times or more.
- the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is preferably 4.0 times or less, and 3.0 or less times that of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus. More preferably, it may be 2.0 times or less.
- the ratio of the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus to the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus is a value rounded to the first decimal place according to the rule B of JIS Z8401: 1999. Asking.
- the difference between the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer located on one surface and the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer located on the other surface is within 1.0 GPa It is preferable from the point which suppresses the curvature of a polyimide film, it is more preferable that it is less than 0.5 GPa, and it is still more preferable that it is less than 0.3 GPa.
- the Young's modulus of each polyimide layer included in the polyimide film of the present disclosure is preferably 2.0 GPa or more, more preferably 3.0 GPa or more, more preferably 3.5 GPa from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance. More preferably, it is preferably 10.0 GPa or less, more preferably 8.0 GPa or less, and even more preferably 7.0 GPa or less. Among them, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is preferably 3.5 GPa or more, more preferably 5.0 GPa or more, and still more preferably 6.0 GPa or more. The Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus is preferably 4.5 GPa or less, and more preferably 4.0 GPa or less.
- the polyimide layer located on one surface and the polyimide layer located on the other surface are in the range of 50 ° C. to 250 ° C.
- the difference in coefficient of linear thermal expansion (CTE) is preferably within 10 ppm / ° C from the viewpoint of suppressing the warp of the polyimide film, more preferably within 5 ppm / ° C, and more preferably within 2 ppm / ° C. Even more preferred.
- each polyimide layer is a test piece obtained by cutting out a single-layer polyimide film produced under the same material and under the same conditions as each polyimide layer to 5 mm ⁇ 15 mm.
- TMA thermomechanical analyzer
- CTE coefficient of linear thermal expansion
- ⁇ CTE measurement conditions> Model name: TMA-60, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
- Initial load 9g [Temperature program] After maintaining at 30 ° C. for 10 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature is raised to 400 ° C. at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min and maintained at 400 ° C. for 1 minute.
- the linear thermal expansion coefficient (CTE) in the range of 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. of each polyimide layer of the polyimide film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but may be 70 ppm / ° C. or less from the viewpoint of heat resistance. Preferably, it is 60 ppm / ° C. or less, more preferably 50 ppm / ° C. or less.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has an overall thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 180 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 40 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably from the viewpoint of bending resistance and impact resistance. Preferably they are 50 micrometers or more and 120 micrometers or less.
- each polyimide layer included in the polyimide film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of bending resistance and impact resistance, the thickest layer among the polyimide layers is not a polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus. It is preferable.
- the thickness of each polyimide layer is determined using an electron microscope such as a scanning electron microscope (SEM), a transmission electron microscope cross-sectional microscope (TEM), or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). It can be measured from the observed cross section in the thickness direction.
- SEM scanning electron microscope
- TEM transmission electron microscope cross-sectional microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- the boundary for determining the thickness of the polyimide layer can be determined, for example, as follows: it can. Select the element that makes the most difference from the materials used for the two adjacent polyimide layers, and perform element mapping by time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS).
- the portion where the detected amount of the element selected in (2) is the average value of the detected amounts of the elements in the two regions that are not the mixing region is defined as a boundary for determining the thickness of the polyimide layer. If the portion that is the average value of the detected amounts of elements in the two regions that are not the mixing region is a region having a thickness, the central portion in the thickness direction of the region is used as a boundary for determining the thickness of the polyimide layer.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has a mixing region between polyimide layers adjacent to each other because it is excellent in interlayer adhesion, suppresses generation of interference fringes, and easily improves impact resistance. .
- the total thickness of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is preferably 60% or less of the total thickness of the polyimide film from the viewpoint of improving bending resistance. Preferably it is 50% or less, More preferably, it is 40% or less, More preferably, it is 30% or less.
- the total thickness of the polyimide layers having the largest Young's modulus is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more of the total thickness of the polyimide film from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance.
- the total thickness of the polyimide layers having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is 15% or more and 60% or less of the total thickness of the polyimide film while suppressing a decrease in bending resistance. From the point that impact resistance can be improved, it may be 20% or more and 60% or less.
- the polyimide film of this indication is a polyimide layer (low Young's modulus) with the smallest Young's modulus with respect to the total thickness of the polyimide layer (high Young's modulus layer) with the largest Young's modulus among the said polyimide layers from the point which improves a bending tolerance.
- Ratio) total thickness of low Young's modulus layer / total thickness of high Young's modulus layer
- the ratio total thickness of low Young's modulus layer / total thickness of high Young's modulus layer
- the ratio (the total thickness of the low Young's modulus layer / the total thickness of the high Young's modulus layer) is preferably 0.6 or more, and 0.7 or more. Is more preferably 0.8 or more, and particularly preferably 1.0 or more.
- the total thickness of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus (low Young's modulus layer) among the polyimide layers is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 120 ⁇ m or less, It is preferable from the point of bending tolerance that it is 20 micrometers or more and less than 70 micrometers.
- polyimide layer Each polyimide layer of the polyimide film of the present disclosure contains at least polyimide, and further contains additives and other resins other than polyimide, as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired. Also good.
- Polyimide A polyimide is obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid component with a diamine component. It is preferable to obtain imidization by obtaining a polyamic acid by polymerization of a tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component. The imidization may be performed by thermal imidization or chemical imidization. Moreover, it can also manufacture by the method which used thermal imidation and chemical imidization together.
- tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably used as a specific example of the tetracarboxylic acid component.
- diamine component examples include p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, o-phenylenediamine, 3,3′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3 '-Diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone 3,3′-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4′-diaminobenzanilide, 3,3′
- 1,4-cyclohexanediamine, trans-1,4-bismethylenecyclohexanediamine (trans-1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane), 2,6-bis (aminomethyl) bicyclo [2,2,1] heptane 2,5-bis (aminomethyl) bicyclo [2,2,1] heptane, or a part or all of the hydrogen atoms on the aromatic ring of the diamine are fluoro group, methyl group, methoxy group, trifluoromethyl group
- a diamine substituted with a substituent selected from trifluoromethoxy groups can also be used. These diamines can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
- the two or more polyimide layers each contain an aromatic ring, and (i) a fluorine atom and (ii) an aliphatic ring. And (iii) a polyimide containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a structure in which aromatic rings are connected to each other by a sulfonyl group or an alkylene group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. If the polyimide contains an aromatic ring, the orientation is increased and the rigidity is improved, so that the impact resistance is improved, but the transmittance tends to decrease depending on the absorption wavelength of the aromatic ring.
- a polyimide containing an aromatic ring and containing a fluorine atom is preferably used in terms of improving light transmittance and improving impact resistance.
- the content ratio of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is such that the ratio (F / C) of the number of fluorine atoms (F) and the number of carbon atoms (C) measured on the polyimide surface by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 0.01 or more. Is preferable, and more preferably 0.05 or more.
- the ratio (F / C) of the number of fluorine atoms (F) to the number of carbon atoms (C) is 1 or less. Preferably, it is preferably 0.8 or less.
- the said ratio by the measurement of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) can be calculated
- the polyimide has a tetracarboxylic acid residue and an aromatic ring having an aromatic ring when the total of the tetracarboxylic acid residue and the diamine residue is 100 mol% from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance.
- the total of the diamine residues it has is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and even more preferably 75 mol% or more.
- the content rate of each repeating unit in a polyimide, and the content rate (mol%) of each tetracarboxylic acid residue or each diamine residue can be calculated
- the content ratio (mol%) of each tetracarboxylic acid residue and each diamine residue in the polyimide is a high-speed liquid for a decomposition product of polyimide obtained by decomposing a sample with an alkaline aqueous solution or supercritical methanol. It can be determined using chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS and pyrolysis CG-MS.
- the polyimide preferably has at least one of a tetracarboxylic acid residue and a diamine residue containing an aromatic ring and a fluorine atom from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance and light transmittance. It preferably has a tetracarboxylic acid residue containing a ring and a fluorine atom, and a diamine residue containing an aromatic ring and a fluorine atom.
- the polyimide has a tetracarboxylic acid residue having an aromatic ring and a fluorine atom and an aromatic ring and a diamine residue having a fluorine atom when the total of the tetracarboxylic acid residue and the diamine residue is 100 mol%. The total is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and even more preferably 75 mol% or more.
- polyimide in which 50% or more of hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms contained in polyimide are hydrogen atoms bonded directly to an aromatic ring, thereby improving light transmittance and improving rigidity.
- the proportion of hydrogen atoms (number) directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the total hydrogen atoms (number) bonded to carbon atoms contained in the polyimide is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 70% or more. It is preferable that When 50% or more of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide is a polyimide that is a hydrogen atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring, the film is stretched at, for example, 200 ° C.
- polyimide is a polyimide in which 50% or more of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide are hydrogen atoms directly bonded to the aromatic ring
- the chemical structure of the polyimide changes due to low reactivity with oxygen. It is estimated that it is difficult.
- Polyimide film uses its high heat resistance and is often used in devices that require processing steps involving heating, but more than 50% of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide are in the aromatic ring.
- the ratio of the hydrogen atoms (number) directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the total hydrogen atoms (number) bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide is determined by high-performance liquid chromatography or gas chromatography mass of the polyimide decomposition product. It can be determined using an analyzer and NMR.
- the sample is decomposed with an alkaline aqueous solution or supercritical methanol, and the resulting polyimide decomposition product is separated by high performance liquid chromatography, and the qualitative analysis of each separated peak is performed by a gas chromatograph mass spectrometer and NMR.
- the ratio of hydrogen atoms (numbers) directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the total hydrogen atoms (numbers) contained in the polyimide can be determined by performing quantitative analysis using high performance liquid chromatography. .
- silicon A polyimide containing an atom can be preferably used as a polyimide used in the present disclosure.
- the polyimide layer containing the polyimide containing a silicon atom is preferable also from the point which improves interlayer adhesiveness and suppresses generation
- the polyimide film has a polyimide layer containing a polyimide containing silicon atoms, it is also preferable from the viewpoint of easily improving impact resistance.
- a diamine residue having a silicon atom is preferably 1 mol% or more and 50 mol% or less, more preferably 2 mol, out of a total amount of diamine residues of 100 mol%.
- a polyimide containing 5 mol% or more and 40 mol% or less, more preferably 5 mol% or more and 30 mol% or less is preferably used.
- the diamine residue having a silicon atom is preferably a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain.
- Examples of the diamine having one silicon atom in the main chain include diamines represented by the following general formula (A).
- the diamine represented by the following general formula (B) is mentioned, for example.
- each L is independently a direct bond or —O— bond
- each R 10 may independently have a substituent
- oxygen represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain an atom or a nitrogen atom
- each R 11 may independently have a substituent, and represents an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
- a plurality of L, R 10 , and R 11 may be the same or different.
- the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group, and combinations thereof.
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be linear or a combination of branched and cyclic.
- the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group examples thereof include t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group and the like.
- the cyclic alkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
- the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
- the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 may be an aralkyl group, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group, and a phenylpropyl group.
- examples of the hydrocarbon group that may contain an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom include an ether bond, a carbonyl bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, and an imino bond between a divalent hydrocarbon group described later and the monovalent hydrocarbon group. And a group bonded with at least one bond (—NH—).
- the substituent that the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 may have is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired.
- a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom And a hydroxyl group.
- the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferably a methyl group, and the aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferably a phenyl group.
- Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 11 include an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylene group, and a combination thereof.
- the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be linear or a combination of branched and cyclic.
- the alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- a linear chain such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, various propylene groups, various butylene groups, or a cyclohexylene group.
- a combination of a linear or branched alkylene group and a cyclic alkylene group are examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 11.
- the arylene group is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, and a naphthylene group, and further have a substituent for an aromatic ring described later. You may do it.
- the divalent hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom the divalent hydrocarbon groups may be ether bonds, carbonyl bonds, ester bonds, amide bonds, and imino bonds (—NH—). A group bonded with at least one is exemplified.
- the substituent that the divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 11 may have is the same as the substituent that the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 may have. Good.
- the divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 11 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance. Furthermore, an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and the alkylene group is preferably linear or branched.
- diamines having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain are preferable from the viewpoints of light transmittance, impact resistance and bending resistance.
- diamines having two silicon atoms are preferable from the viewpoints of light transmittance, impact resistance and bending resistance.
- -Bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 1,3-bis (4-aminobutyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 1,3-bis (5-aminopentyl) tetramethyldisiloxane are readily available And light transmittance and impact resistance are preferred.
- the molecular weight of the diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is preferably 1000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and 500 or less. Is still more preferable, and it is especially preferable that it is 300 or less.
- the diamine residues having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the polyimide film of this indication contains the polyimide which has the structure represented by following General formula (1) in which the polyimide layer with the largest Young's modulus among all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has is light-transmitting. Is preferable from the viewpoints of heat resistance, impact resistance and bending resistance.
- R 1 is 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue.
- R 2 is a 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine residue, 4,4′- Diaminodiphenylsulfone residue, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane residue, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, bis [4- (4 -Aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) diphenyl ether residue, 1,4-bis [4-amino-2- (trifluoromethyl) phenoxy ] Benzene residue, 2,2-bis [4- (4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane residue, 4,4′-di
- R 1 in the general formula (1) is preferably a pyromellitic dianhydride residue from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance.
- R 2 in the general formula (1) includes, among others, a 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine residue, a bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, and a bis [4- It is preferably at least one divalent group selected from (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residues from the viewpoints of light transmittance, impact resistance and bending resistance, and 2,2′-bis More preferably, it is a (trifluoromethyl) benzidine residue.
- n represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.
- the number of repeating units n in the polyimide may be appropriately selected according to the structure so as to exhibit a desired Young's modulus, and is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 or more and 2000 or less, and further 15 or more and 1000 or less. preferable.
- R 1 in the repeating units may be different from each be the same, R 2 may each be different even if the same in each repeating unit.
- the content ratio of the polyimide having the structure represented by the general formula (1) among all the polyimides contained in the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is from the viewpoint of light transmittance, impact resistance, and bending resistance. 60% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, still more preferably 90% by mass or more, and even more preferably 100% by mass.
- the polyimide used for this indication can contain 1 type, or 2 or more types of polyimide which has a structure represented by the said General formula (1).
- the polyimide film of this indication contains the polyimide which has the structure where the polyimide layer with the largest Young's modulus among all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has is represented by the said General formula (1), and the following general formula It is preferable to further have a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a structure represented by (2) in terms of light transmittance, impact resistance, and bending resistance. That is, it is preferable that the polyimide layer different from the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus contains a polyimide having a structure represented by the following general formula (2).
- R 3 is a tetravalent group is a tetracarboxylic acid residue having an aromatic ring or aliphatic ring
- R 4 represents a divalent group which is a diamine residue
- R 4 I is a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain
- the remaining R 4 does not have a silicon atom and has an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. More than half of the remaining R 4 is 1,4-cyclohexanediamine residue, trans-1,4-bismethylenecyclohexanediamine residue, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone residue.
- N ′ represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.
- R 5 and R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a perfluoroalkyl group.
- R 3 in the general formula (2) is a residue obtained by removing an acid dianhydride structure from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an aromatic ring from the above-described tetracarboxylic acid components, or an aliphatic ring. Residues obtained by removing the acid dianhydride structure from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride possessed can be selected as appropriate, and are not particularly limited.
- R 3 examples include pyromellitic dianhydride residue, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, and 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid.
- a group of tetracarboxylic acid residues (group A) suitable for improving rigidity such as at least one selected from the group consisting of acid dianhydride residues, cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride residues, cyclohexane Pentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, dicyclohexane-3,4,3 ′, 4′-tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, 4,4 ′-(hexafluoro Isopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, 3,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, 3,3 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, Tetracarboxylic acid suitable for improving light transmittance such as at least one selected from the group consisting of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydr
- the content ratio of the tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group A) suitable for improving the rigidity and the tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group B) suitable for improving light transmittance is , 1 mol of tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group B) suitable for improving light transmittance is 0.4% of tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group A) suitable for improving rigidity. It is preferably from 05 mol to 9 mol, more preferably from 0.1 mol to 5 mol, and still more preferably from 0.3 mol to 4 mol.
- the group B includes 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residues and 3,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residues containing fluorine atoms. It is preferable to use at least one kind from the viewpoint of improvement in impact resistance and light transmittance.
- R 3 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue of the group A
- R 4 of the general formula (2) includes a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain. It is preferable from the point of bending resistance.
- these suitable residues are preferably contained in a total amount of 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, and even more preferably 90 mol% or more.
- the content ratio of the diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is not particularly limited as long as it is 50 mol% or less of the total amount of R 4.
- a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain from the viewpoint of improving interlayer adhesion, suppressing generation of interference fringes, and easily improving impact resistance. It is preferable to contain 1 mol% or more and 50 mol% or less, and it is more preferable to contain 2.5 mol% or more and 40 mol% or less.
- Examples of the diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain include residues obtained by removing two amino groups from the diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain described above. .
- a diamine residue having two silicon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of light transmittance, impact resistance and bending resistance, and moreover, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldimethyl.
- Siloxane residues, 1,3-bis (4-aminobutyl) tetramethyldisiloxane residues, 1,3-bis (5-aminopentyl) tetramethyldisiloxane residues, and the like are easily available and light transmissive. It is preferable from the viewpoint of both impact resistance.
- R 4 is of the total amount of R 4, the backbone remaining R 4 to a silicon atom by removing one or two with the diamine residues may not have a silicon atom, an aromatic ring or an aliphatic A diamine residue having a ring, and more than half of the remaining R 4 is 1,4-cyclohexanediamine residue, trans-1,4-bismethylenecyclohexanediamine residue (trans-1,4 -Bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane residue), 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone residue, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone residue, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane residue, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoro At least one divalent group selected from
- R 4 (100 mol%) a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain
- the R 4 (100- x) 50% by mole or more and 100% by mole or less, which is mol% is a diamine residue having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring
- ⁇ (100 ⁇ x) / 2 ⁇ of R 4 More than mol% is at least one divalent group selected from the above group.
- the proportion of at least one divalent group selected from the group of the remaining R 4 that is, the total amount of diamine residues having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring.
- the proportion of at least one divalent group selected from the above group when the amount is 100 mol% is preferably 70 mol% or more from the viewpoint of surface hardness, impact resistance and light transmittance. More preferably, it is 85 mol% or more, and still more preferably 95 mol% or more.
- R 4 may be different from at least one divalent group selected from the above group, and may contain other diamine residues having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. good.
- the diamine residue having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring can be a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring.
- the diamine residue having no aliphatic ring and having an aliphatic ring can be a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine having no silicon atom and having an aliphatic ring.
- a diamine having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring can be appropriately selected from the diamines described above, and is not particularly limited.
- the at least one divalent group selected from the above group includes, among others, a trans-1,4-bismethylenecyclohexanediamine residue, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone from the viewpoint of impact resistance and light transmittance.
- Residue 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone residue, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, 2,2- At least selected from the group consisting of a bis (4-aminophenyl) propane residue, a 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane residue, and a divalent group represented by the general formula (3) One type of divalent group is preferable, and a divalent group represented by the general formula (3) is more preferable.
- R 5 and R 6 are perfluoroalkyl groups, and among these, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable. Preferably, it is a trifluoromethyl group or a perfluoroethyl group.
- the alkyl group in R 5 and R 6 in the general formula (3) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- At least 50 mol% is preferably, in particular, at least one divalent remaining R 4 all but diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain of the total amount of R 4 is selected from the group The group is preferably.
- the content ratio is Although not particularly limited, from the viewpoint of impact resistance and light transmittance, the total amount of R 4 (100 mol%) is preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less. More preferably, it is 10 mol% or less.
- n ′ represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.
- the number of repeating units n ′ in the polyimide may be appropriately selected according to the structure so as to exhibit a desired Young's modulus, and is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 or more and 2000 or less, and further 15 or more and 1000 or less. Is preferred.
- R 3 in each repeating unit may be the same or different, and R 4 in each repeating unit may be the same or different.
- the content ratio of the polyimide is 60% by mass or more from the viewpoint of light transmittance, impact resistance, and bending resistance. Is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, and even more preferably 100% by mass.
- the polyimide used for this indication can contain 1 type (s) or 2 or more types of polyimide which has a structure represented by the said General formula (2).
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a structure represented by the general formula (2) from the viewpoint of light transmittance and bending resistance, and from the viewpoint of impact resistance. Is also preferable.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure contains a polyimide layer having a polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus and having a structure represented by the general formula (1).
- the impact resistance can be further improved by not containing the polyimide having the structure represented by the formula (2), but the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is the polyimide having the structure represented by the general formula (2).
- the polyimide layer containing a polyimide may be sufficient as all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has, and the polyimide layer containing the polyimide which has a structure represented by the said General formula (2) may be sufficient as it.
- the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus contains a polyimide having a structure represented by the general formula (1), and the structure represented by the general formula (2)
- the total thickness of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is not less than 5% and not more than 60% of the total thickness of the polyimide film. From the viewpoint of sex.
- the polyimide film which is a polyimide layer containing the polyimide which has the structure represented by the said General formula (2), all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has,
- the total thickness of the polyimide layer with the largest Young's modulus is a polyimide film. 5% or more and 30% or less of the total thickness is preferable from the viewpoint of bending resistance and impact resistance, more preferably 5% or more and 20% or less, and more preferably 5% or more and 15% or less. Further preferred.
- the polyimide layer with the largest Young's modulus contains the polyimide which has a structure represented by the said General formula (1), and is represented by the said General formula (2).
- the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance. It is preferably 1.5 times or more, more preferably 1.7 times or more, and even more preferably 1.8 times or more from the viewpoint of impact resistance.
- the Young's modulus is the most in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance.
- the Young's modulus of the large polyimide layer is preferably 1.2 times or more of the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus, may be 2.0 times or less, and may be 1.8 times or less. Good.
- the polyimide used in the present disclosure may include a polyamide structure in a part thereof as long as the effect of the present disclosure is not impaired.
- examples of the polyamide structure that may be included include a polyamideimide structure containing a tricarboxylic acid residue such as trimellitic anhydride and a polyamide structure containing a dicarboxylic acid residue such as terephthalic acid.
- the polyimide used in the present disclosure preferably has a glass transition temperature of 200 ° C. or higher, more preferably 250 ° C. or higher, and further preferably 270 ° C. or higher.
- the glass transition temperature is preferably 400 ° C. or lower, more preferably 380 ° C. or lower.
- the glass transition temperature of polyimide refers to the temperature of a peak at which the maximum value of the peak is maximum when there are a plurality of tan ⁇ curve peaks.
- the dynamic viscoelasticity measurement for example, with a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device RSA III (TA Instruments Japan Co., Ltd.), the measurement range is set to ⁇ 150 ° C. to 400 ° C., the frequency is 1 Hz, and the temperature is raised. This can be done at a rate of 5 ° C./min. Further, the measurement can be performed with a sample width of 5 mm and a distance between chucks of 20 mm.
- the peak of the tan ⁇ curve refers to a peak having an inflection point that is a maximum value and a peak width that is between 3 ° C. or more between peaks and valleys, and is derived from measurement such as noise. The fine vertical fluctuation is not interpreted as the peak.
- Each polyimide layer of the polyimide film according to the present disclosure may further contain an additive as necessary in addition to the polyimide.
- the additive include a silica filler for facilitating winding, and a surfactant for improving film forming property and defoaming property.
- each polyimide layer which the polyimide film which concerns on this indication has may contain other resins other than a polyimide in the range which does not impair the effect of this indication.
- the other resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, polyether ether ketone resins, polyether sulfone resins, and polycarbonate resins.
- polyetherimide resins epoxy resins, phenol resins, glass-epoxy resins, polyphenylene ether resins, acrylic resins, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and polycycloolefins such as polynorbornene.
- the content of the other resin is preferably 50% by mass or less and more preferably 30% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the polyimide layer. 0% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has an excellent bending resistance, and when the static bending test is performed according to the following static bending test method, the inner angle of the test piece is preferably 90 ° or more, and 100 ° or more. More preferably, it is 110 ° or more.
- the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer on one surface and the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer on the other surface are different from each other, when the surface of the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus is bent inside Moreover, it is preferable that the internal angle of the test piece when the static bending test is performed according to the following static bending test method is equal to or more than the lower limit value.
- test piece is sandwiched between the metal piece and the glass plate where there is no test piece, and is fixed with tape so that the glass plate is parallel.
- the test piece thus fixed in a bent state is left to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90% relative humidity (RH), and then the glass plate and fixing tape are removed, and the test piece is attached to the test piece. Release this force. Thereafter, one end of the test piece is fixed, and the internal angle of the test piece 30 minutes after the force applied to the test piece is released is measured.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has a tensile elastic modulus at 25 ° C. of 0.5 GPa or more when a test piece of 15 mm ⁇ 40 mm is measured according to JIS K7127, the tensile speed is 10 mm / min, and the distance between chucks is 20 mm. From the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance, 0.8 GPa or more is more preferable, 1.0 GPa or more is further preferable, 1.5 GPa or more is preferable, and 2.0 GPa is more preferable. The above is most preferable.
- the upper limit of the tensile modulus is not particularly limited, but may be 5.2 GPa or less, may be 5.0 GPa or less, may be 4.5 GPa or less, and may be 4.0 GPa or less from the viewpoint of bending resistance. It is good.
- the tensile elastic modulus was determined by cutting a test piece having a width of 15 mm ⁇ a length of 40 mm from a polyimide film using a tensile tester (for example, Shimadzu Corporation: Autograph AG-X 1N, load cell: SBL-1KN) at 25 ° C.
- the tensile speed can be 10 mm / min, and the distance between chucks can be 20 mm.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a pencil hardness of 2B or more, more preferably B or more, still more preferably HB or more, and more than H. Particularly preferred.
- the pencil hardness of the polyimide film is determined by JIS K5600-5-4 using a test pencil specified by JIS-S-6006 after conditioning the sample for 2 hours at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60%. (1999), a pencil hardness test (0.98 N load) is performed on the film surface, and the highest pencil hardness that does not cause scratches can be evaluated.
- a pencil scratch coating film hardness tester manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd. can be used. It is preferable that the pencil hardness of the polyimide film can be achieved on the surface of the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has a surface area where the polyimide layer is peeled off when the adhesion test is performed according to the following adhesion test method. In view of surface hardness, it is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less.
- Adhesion test> In accordance with the grid pattern test of JIS K5400, the polyimide layer on the surface is cut into a grid pattern at intervals of 1 mm using a cutter knife to form a 100 square grid. Next, cellophane tape (Nichiban Co., Ltd.) is applied on the lattice and then peeled off. After repeating this five times, peeling of the polyimide layer on the surface is observed.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 of 30.0 or less, more preferably 20.0 or less, It is further preferably 17.0 or less, and further preferably 16.0 or less.
- the yellowness (YI value) calculated according to JIS K7373-2006 is preferably 11.0 or less, more preferably 10.0 or less, and preferably 5.0 or less. More preferably, it is still more preferably 3.0 or less, and particularly preferably 2.0 or less.
- the yellowness (YI value) is equal to or lower than the upper limit, the polyimide film of the present disclosure can be prevented from being colored yellow, improve light transmittance, and serve as a glass substitute material.
- the yellowness (YI value) is assisted by a spectrocolorimetric method using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer (for example, JASCO Corporation V-7100) in accordance with JIS K7373-2006.
- a spectrocolorimetric method using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer (for example, JASCO Corporation V-7100) in accordance with JIS K7373-2006.
- tristimulus values X, Y, and Z in the XYZ color system are obtained based on transmittance measured in the range of 250 nm to 800 nm at 1 nm intervals.
- Z can be calculated from the following equation.
- YI 100 (1.2769X ⁇ 1.0592Z) / Y
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure has a yellow color calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 because yellowish coloring is suppressed, light transmittance is improved, and the polyimide film can be suitably used as a glass substitute material.
- the value (YI value / film thickness ( ⁇ m)) obtained by dividing the degree (YI value) by the film thickness ( ⁇ m) is preferably 0.330 or less, more preferably 0.150 or less, and 0.100. It is still more preferable that it is below, and it is especially preferable that it is below 0.030.
- the value obtained by dividing the yellowness (YI value) by the film thickness ( ⁇ m) is the third decimal place according to the rule B of JIS Z8401: 1999. Rounded value.
- the haze value of the polyimide film of the present disclosure is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and even more preferably 1.5 or less from the viewpoint of light transmittance.
- the haze value can be measured by a method according to JIS K-7105, for example, a haze meter HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of 0.040 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less, and more preferably 0.020 or less. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 0.015 or less.
- the birefringence is less than or equal to the above upper limit, the optical distortion of the polyimide film is reduced, and when the polyimide film is used as a display surface material, it is possible to suppress a decrease in display quality of the display.
- a film having a large birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm is placed on the display surface and the display is viewed with polarized sunglasses, rainbow unevenness may occur and visibility may be reduced.
- the birefringence index in the thickness direction of the film placed on the display surface is preferably 0.040 or less. Furthermore, when the birefringence in the thickness direction of the film placed on the display surface is 0.025 or less, color reproducibility when the display is viewed from an oblique direction is improved. From the viewpoint of improving color reproducibility when the display is viewed obliquely, the birefringence index in the thickness direction of the film placed on the display surface is more preferably 0.020 or less. In addition, the birefringence of the thickness direction in the said wavelength 590nm of the polyimide film of this indication can be calculated
- the thickness direction retardation value (Rth) of the polyimide film is measured with a light of 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 590 nm using a phase difference measuring device (for example, product name “KOBRA-WR” manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). To do.
- a phase difference value at 0 degree incidence and a phase difference value at an incidence angle of 40 degrees are measured, and the thickness direction retardation value Rth is calculated from these phase difference values.
- the retardation value at an oblique incidence of 40 degrees is measured by making light having a wavelength of 590 nm incident on the retardation film from a direction inclined by 40 degrees from the normal line of the retardation film.
- the birefringence in the thickness direction of the polyimide film can be determined by substituting it into the formula: Rth / d.
- Said d represents the film thickness (nm) of a polyimide film.
- the thickness direction retardation value is nx the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the in-plane direction of the film (the direction in which the refractive index in the film in-plane direction is maximum), and the fast axis direction in the film plane (film surface).
- Rth [nm] ⁇ (nx + ny) / 2 ⁇ nz ⁇ ⁇ d, where ny is the refractive index in the direction in which the refractive index in the inner direction is the minimum) and nz is the refractive index in the thickness direction of the film.
- the ratio of the number of fluorine atoms (F) and the number of carbon atoms (C) on the surface of at least one film measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy of the polyimide film (F / C) is preferably 0.01 or more and 1 or less, and more preferably 0.05 or more and 0.8 or less.
- the ratio (F / N) of the number of fluorine atoms (F) and the number of nitrogen atoms (N) on the surface of at least one film measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy of the polyimide film is 0.1 or more and 20 or less. It is preferably 0.5 or more and 15 or less.
- the said ratio by the measurement of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy can be calculated
- the manufacturing method of a polyimide film should just be a manufacturing method which can obtain the polyimide film of this indication mentioned above, and although it does not specifically limit, For example, as a 1st manufacturing method, Preparing a polyimide molded body; A step of preparing a polyimide precursor resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent; Applying the polyimide precursor resin composition to at least one surface of the polyimide molded body to form a polyimide precursor resin coating; And a step of imidizing the polyimide precursor by heating.
- the first production method as a method for producing a polyimide film having three or more polyimide layers, for example, a step of applying a polyimide precursor resin composition to form a polyimide precursor resin coating film, After performing until it becomes the desired number of layers, the method of imidizing each polyimide precursor which each polyimide precursor resin coating film contains by the process of imidating is mentioned. Two or more layers of the polyimide precursor resin coating film may be formed only on one surface of the polyimide molded body, or may be formed on both surfaces of one surface and the other surface.
- a method for producing a polyimide film having three polyimide layers by the first production method for example, Preparing a polyimide molded body; Preparing a first polyimide precursor resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, and a second polyimide precursor resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent; Applying the first polyimide precursor resin composition to one surface of the polyimide molded body to form a first polyimide precursor resin coating; Applying the second polyimide precursor resin composition to the other surface of the polyimide molded body to form a second polyimide precursor resin coating; A step of imidizing a polyimide precursor included in the first polyimide precursor resin coating film and a polyimide precursor included in the second polyimide precursor resin coating film by heating, and including the first The manufacturing method in which the polyimide precursor resin composition and the second polyimide precursor resin composition may be the same may be mentioned.
- the polyimide molded body and each polyimide precursor resin coating film formed to have a desired number of layers become polyimide layers.
- the first production method is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the birefringence of the polyimide film.
- the birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm is 0.035 or less, more preferably 0.030 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less, more preferably 0.020 or less.
- a polyimide film can be suitably formed.
- each polyimide precursor resin coating film used for forming the two or more polyimide layers is used. Since the imidization step is performed after all the formation, the mixing region can be formed at the boundary between adjacent polyimide layers in the two or more polyimide layers, thereby improving interlayer adhesion and interference fringes. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of the above.
- a step of preparing a polyimide molded body (hereinafter referred to as a polyimide molded body preparation step), a step of preparing a polyimide precursor resin composition (hereinafter referred to as a polyimide precursor resin composition preparation step). ), Applying a polyimide precursor resin composition to form a polyimide precursor resin coating film (hereinafter referred to as polyimide precursor resin coating film forming process), and a polyimide precursor contained in the polyimide precursor resin composition
- the step of imidization (hereinafter referred to as imidization step) will be described in detail.
- polyimide molded body preparation process As a polyimide molded body used for the said 1st manufacturing method, the film-like polyimide molded body produced with the following manufacturing methods can be used, for example.
- a manufacturing method of a film-like polyimide molded body for example, as manufacturing method A, A step of preparing a polyimide precursor resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent; Applying the polyimide precursor resin composition to a support to form a polyimide precursor resin coating; And a step of imidizing the polyimide precursor by heating.
- the production method A is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the birefringence of the polyimide film, and suitably forms a polyimide film having a birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of 0.025 or less, more preferably 0.020 or less. Is possible.
- the said manufacturing method A when used as a manufacturing method of a polyimide molded body, it is still more preferable at the point with the high effect of reducing the birefringence of a polyimide film, and the birefringence of the thickness direction in wavelength 590nm
- a polyimide film having a thickness of 0.025 or less, more preferably 0.020 or less, can be suitably formed.
- the said manufacturing method A as a polyimide precursor resin composition, the thing similar to the polyimide precursor resin composition obtained by the "polyimide precursor resin composition preparation process" mentioned later can be used, and a polyimide precursor resin is used.
- the method for forming the coating film and the method for imidizing can be the same as the “polyimide precursor resin coating film forming step” and the “imidization step” described later, respectively.
- the said manufacturing method A as a support body, the thing similar to the support body used for the 2nd manufacturing method mentioned later is mentioned, for example.
- the production method A may further include a stretching step of stretching at least one of the polyimide precursor resin coating film and the imidized coating film obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor resin coating film. .
- the stretching step can be the same as the stretching step of the second manufacturing method described later.
- manufacturing method B A step of preparing a polyimide resin composition containing polyimide and an organic solvent; And a step of applying the polyimide resin composition to a support to form a polyimide resin coating film.
- the production method B can be suitably used when the polyimide to be used has a solvent solubility such that 5% by mass or more is dissolved in an organic solvent at 25 ° C.
- the production method B is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the yellowness (YI value) of the polyimide film, and the yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 is divided by the film thickness ( ⁇ m).
- a polyimide film having a value (YI value / film thickness ( ⁇ m)) of 0.330 or less, more preferably 0.200 or less, and still more preferably 0.150 or less can be suitably formed.
- a polyimide resin composition the thing similar to the polyimide resin composition of the 3rd manufacturing method mentioned later can be used, As a method of forming a polyimide resin coating film, it mentions 3rd mentioned later. It can be made to be the same as that of the polyimide resin coating film formation process of the manufacturing method.
- the said manufacturing method B as a support body, the thing similar to the support body used for the 2nd manufacturing method mentioned later is mentioned, for example.
- the polyimide precursor resin composition prepared in the first production method contains a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, and optionally contains additives. It may be.
- the polyimide precursor is a polyamic acid obtained by polymerization of a tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component.
- the tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component used for the polyimide precursor are not particularly limited.
- the diamine used as a residue can be mentioned, respectively.
- the number average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of strength when it is used as a film. On the other hand, if the number average molecular weight is too large, the viscosity is high and the workability may be lowered, so that it is preferably 1000000 or less, and more preferably 500000 or less.
- the number average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor can be determined by NMR (for example, AVANCE III manufactured by BRUKER). For example, a polyimide precursor solution is applied to a glass plate and dried at 100 ° C.
- the number average molecular weight can be calculated from the peak intensity ratio of hydrogen atoms.
- the polyimide precursor has a weight average molecular weight of preferably 2000 or more, and more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of strength when used as a film.
- the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1000000 or less, and more preferably 500000 or less.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor can be measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- the polyimide precursor was made into an N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) solution having a concentration of 0.5% by weight, and the developing solvent was a 10 mmol% LiBr-NMP solution having a water content of 500 ppm or less.
- NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
- the developing solvent was a 10 mmol% LiBr-NMP solution having a water content of 500 ppm or less.
- HLC-8120 column used: GPC LF-804 manufactured by SHODEX, measurement is performed under the conditions of a sample injection amount of 50 ⁇ L, a solvent flow rate of 0.5 mL / min, and 40 ° C.
- the weight average molecular weight is determined based on a polystyrene standard sample having the same concentration as the sample.
- the polyimide precursor solution is obtained by reacting the above tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the above diamine in a solvent.
- the solvent used for the synthesis of the polyimide precursor is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the above-described tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine.
- an aprotic polar solvent or a water-soluble alcohol solvent is used.
- an organic solvent containing a nitrogen atom of ⁇ -butyrolactone or the like it is preferable to use an organic solvent containing a nitrogen atom, and it is more preferable to use N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or a combination thereof.
- the organic solvent is a solvent containing carbon atoms.
- an acid dianhydride may be added to the mixed solution of 2 or more types of diamine, and a polyamic acid may be synthesize
- the above diamine component may be added to the reaction solution step by step at an appropriate molar ratio to control the sequence in which each raw material is incorporated into the polymer chain to some extent.
- a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain When a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is used, for example, in a reaction solution in which a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is dissolved, one silicon atom in the main chain or An amide in which a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is reacted at both ends of the acid dianhydride by introducing and reacting an acid dianhydride in a molar ratio of 0.5 equivalent of two diamines
- the acid may be synthesized, the remaining diamine may be added in whole or in part thereto, and acid dianhydride may be added to polymerize the polyamic acid.
- a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is introduced into the polyamic acid in a linked form via one acid dianhydride.
- Polymerization of polyamic acid by such a method is because the positional relationship of amic acid having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is specified to some extent, and it is easy to obtain a film excellent in impact resistance and bending resistance. preferable.
- Y / X may be 0.9 or more and 1.1 or less. Preferably, it is 0.95 or more and 1.05 or less, more preferably 0.97 or more and 1.03 or less, and particularly preferably 0.99 or more and 1.01 or less. By setting it as such a range, the molecular weight (polymerization degree) of the polyamic acid obtained can be adjusted moderately.
- the procedure of the polymerization reaction can be appropriately selected from known methods and is not particularly limited.
- the polyimide precursor solution obtained by the synthesis reaction may be used as it is, and other components may be mixed there if necessary.
- the solvent of the polyimide precursor solution is dried and dissolved in another solvent. It may be used.
- the viscosity of the polyimide precursor solution at 25 ° C. is preferably 500 cps or more and 100,000 cps or less from the viewpoint of forming a uniform coating film and a polyimide layer.
- the viscosity of the polyimide precursor solution can be measured using a viscometer (for example, TVE-22HT, Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and a sample amount of 0.8 ml.
- the polyimide precursor resin composition may contain an additive as necessary.
- the additive include a silica filler for facilitating winding, and a surfactant for improving film forming property and defoaming property, and the same as described in the polyimide layer described above. Can be used.
- the organic solvent used in the polyimide precursor resin composition is not particularly limited as long as the polyimide precursor can be dissolved.
- nitrogen atoms such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoramide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone
- Organic solvent: ⁇ -butyrolactone or the like can be used, and among them, an organic solvent containing a nitrogen atom is preferably used.
- the content of the polyimide precursor in the polyimide precursor resin composition is 50% by mass or more in the solid content of the resin composition from the point of forming a polyimide layer having a uniform coating film and a handleable strength. Preferably, it is preferably 60% by mass or more, and the upper limit may be appropriately adjusted depending on the components contained.
- the organic solvent in the polyimide precursor resin composition is preferably 40% by mass or more and more preferably 50% by mass or more in the resin composition from the viewpoint of forming a uniform coating film and a polyimide layer. Preferably, it is 99% by mass or less.
- the polyimide precursor resin composition preferably has a moisture content of 1000 ppm or less from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability of the polyimide precursor resin composition and improving the productivity. If the polyimide precursor resin composition contains a large amount of moisture, the polyimide precursor may be easily decomposed.
- the water content of the polyimide precursor resin composition can be determined using a Karl Fischer moisture meter (for example, a trace moisture measuring device CA-200, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation).
- the coating means includes:
- the coating method is not particularly limited as long as it can be applied with a desired film thickness, and known methods such as a die coater, a comma coater, a roll coater, a gravure coater, a curtain coater, a spray coater, and a lip coater can be used. Application may be performed by a single-wafer coating apparatus or a roll-to-roll coating apparatus.
- the solvent in the polyimide precursor resin composition is dried at a temperature of 150 ° C. or lower, preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower until the coating film is tack-free.
- a temperature of 150 ° C. or lower preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower until the coating film is tack-free.
- the drying time may be appropriately adjusted according to the film thickness of the polyimide precursor resin coating film, the type of solvent, the drying temperature, etc., but is usually 1 minute to 60 minutes, preferably 2 minutes to 30 minutes. Is preferred. When exceeding an upper limit, it is unpreferable from the surface of the production efficiency of a polyimide film. On the other hand, when the value is below the lower limit, the appearance of the resulting polyimide film may be affected by rapid solvent drying.
- the method for drying the solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solvent can be dried at the above temperature.
- an oven, a drying furnace, a hot plate, infrared heating, or the like can be used.
- the atmosphere during drying of the solvent is preferably an inert gas atmosphere.
- the inert gas atmosphere is preferably a nitrogen atmosphere, the oxygen concentration is preferably 100 ppm or less, and more preferably 50 ppm or less.
- heat treatment is performed in the atmosphere, the film may be oxidized and colored, or the performance may deteriorate.
- the said polyimide precursor is imidized by heating.
- the imidization temperature may be appropriately selected according to the structure of the polyimide precursor.
- the temperature rise start temperature is preferably 30 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher.
- the temperature rise end temperature is preferably 250 ° C. or higher.
- the rate of temperature increase is preferably selected as appropriate depending on the thickness of the polyimide layer to be obtained.
- the thickness of the polyimide layer is thick, it is preferable to decrease the rate of temperature increase. From the viewpoint of the production efficiency of the polyimide film, it is preferably 5 ° C./min or more, more preferably 10 ° C./min or more.
- the upper limit of the heating rate is usually 50 ° C./min, preferably 40 ° C./min or less, more preferably 30 ° C./min or less. It is preferable to set the temperature increase rate from the viewpoint that the appearance defect and strength reduction of the film can be suppressed, and the whitening associated with the imidization reaction can be controlled, and the light transmittance is improved.
- the temperature increase may be continuous or stepwise, but it is preferable to make it continuous from the viewpoint of controlling the appearance of the film, suppressing the strength reduction, and controlling the whitening associated with the imidization reaction. Moreover, in the above-mentioned whole temperature range, the temperature rising rate may be constant or may be changed in the middle.
- the atmosphere at the time of temperature increase in imidation is preferably an inert gas atmosphere.
- the inert gas atmosphere is preferably a nitrogen atmosphere, the oxygen concentration is preferably 100 ppm or less, and more preferably 50 ppm or less.
- the film may be oxidized and colored, or the performance may deteriorate.
- 50% or more of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide are hydrogen atoms directly bonded to the aromatic ring, there is little influence of oxygen on the optical properties, and an inert gas atmosphere is not used.
- a polyimide having a high light transmittance can be obtained.
- the heating method for imidation is not particularly limited as long as the temperature can be raised at the above temperature.
- an oven, a heating furnace, infrared heating, electromagnetic induction heating, or the like can be used.
- the reaction In order to obtain a final polyimide film, it is preferable to proceed the reaction to 90% or more, further 95% or more, and further 100%. In order to allow the reaction to proceed to 90% or more, more preferably 100%, it is preferable to hold at a temperature rising end temperature for a certain period of time. Minutes are preferred.
- the imidation rate can be measured by analyzing the spectrum by infrared measurement (IR).
- a 2nd manufacturing method of the polyimide film of this indication for example, Preparing a first polyimide precursor resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, and a second polyimide precursor resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, respectively; Applying the first polyimide precursor resin composition to a support to form a first polyimide precursor resin coating; Applying the second polyimide precursor resin composition on the first polyimide precursor resin coating film to form a second polyimide precursor resin coating film; A step of imidizing a polyimide precursor contained in the first polyimide precursor resin composition and a polyimide precursor contained in the second polyimide precursor resin composition by heating. Is mentioned.
- the second production method as a method of producing a polyimide film having three or more polyimide layers, for example, a step of applying a polyimide precursor resin composition to form a polyimide precursor resin coating film, After performing until it becomes the desired number of layers, the method of imidizing each polyimide precursor which each polyimide precursor resin coating film contains by the process of imidating is mentioned.
- a method for producing a polyimide film having three polyimide layers by the second production method for example, A first polyimide precursor resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, a second polyimide precursor resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, a polyimide precursor, and an organic solvent.
- a step of preparing a third polyimide precursor resin composition comprising: Applying the first polyimide precursor resin composition to a support to form a first polyimide precursor resin coating; Applying the second polyimide precursor resin composition on the first polyimide precursor resin coating film to form a second polyimide precursor resin coating film; Applying the third polyimide precursor resin composition on the second polyimide precursor resin coating to form a third polyimide precursor resin coating; By heating, the polyimide precursor contained in the first polyimide precursor resin composition, the polyimide precursor contained in the second polyimide precursor resin composition, and the third polyimide precursor resin composition
- a step of imidizing a polyimide precursor contained in the first polyimide precursor resin composition and the third polyimide precursor resin composition may be the same composition, Can be mentioned.
- each polyimide precursor resin coating film formed so that it might become a desired number of layers turns into a polyimide layer, respectively.
- the second production method is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the birefringence of the polyimide film. According to the second production method, it is possible to suitably form a polyimide film having a birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of 0.025 or less, more preferably 0.020 or less.
- the step of preparing a polyimide precursor resin composition, the step of applying a polyimide precursor resin composition to form a polyimide precursor resin coating, and the polyimide precursor resin composition contain
- the step of imidizing the polyimide precursor can be the same as in the first manufacturing method.
- performing the imidization step can form the mixing region at the boundary between adjacent polyimide layers. This is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion and suppressing the generation of interference fringes.
- the support used in the second production method is not particularly limited as long as the surface is smooth and the material has heat resistance and solvent resistance.
- an inorganic material such as a glass plate, a metal plate having a mirror-finished surface, and the like can be given.
- the shape of the support is selected depending on the coating method, and may be, for example, a plate shape, a drum shape, a belt shape, a sheet shape that can be wound around a roll, or the like.
- the second manufacturing method is a method of forming the polyimide precursor resin coating film after all the polyimide precursor resin coating films are formed and before imidizing, and imidizing the polyimide precursor resin coating film. You may further have the process (henceforth an extending
- an imidation process may be performed with respect to the polyimide precursor in the said polyimide precursor resin coating film before an extending process, and the said polyimide precursor resin after an extending process
- the imidization ratio of the polyimide precursor is 50% or more before the stretching step. Even if the imidization rate is 50% or more before the stretching step, the film is stretched after the step, and then heated at a higher temperature for a certain period of time to perform imidization. Whitening is suppressed.
- the imidization ratio is 80% or more in the imidization process before the stretching process, and the reaction is allowed to proceed to 90% or more, and further to 100%. It is preferable.
- the step of stretching 101% or more and 10000% or less when the initial dimension before stretching is 100% is performed while heating at 80 ° C. or more. preferable.
- the heating temperature during stretching is preferably in the range of glass transition temperature ⁇ 50 ° C. of the polyimide or polyimide precursor, and preferably in the range of glass transition temperature ⁇ 40 ° C. If the stretching temperature is too low, the film may not be deformed and the orientation may not be sufficiently induced. On the other hand, if the stretching temperature is too high, the orientation obtained by stretching is relaxed by the temperature, and there is a possibility that sufficient orientation cannot be obtained.
- the stretching step may be performed simultaneously with the imidization step. 80% or more of imidization rate, more than 90%, even more than 95%, especially extending the film after imidization after substantially 100% imidation improves the impact resistance of the polyimide film This is preferable.
- the draw ratio of the polyimide film is preferably from 101% to 10,000%, more preferably from 101% to 500%. By stretching in the above range, the impact resistance of the resulting polyimide film can be further improved.
- the method for fixing the polyimide film during stretching is not particularly limited, and is selected according to the type of stretching apparatus. Moreover, there is no restriction
- the polyimide film may be stretched only in one direction (longitudinal stretching or lateral stretching), or may be stretched in two directions by simultaneous biaxial stretching, sequential biaxial stretching, oblique stretching, or the like.
- a manufacturing method of the polyimide film of the present disclosure As a manufacturing method of the polyimide film of the present disclosure, as a third manufacturing method, Preparing a polyimide molded body; A step of preparing a polyimide resin composition containing polyimide and an organic solvent; And a step of applying the polyimide resin composition to at least one surface of the polyimide molded body to form a polyimide resin coating film.
- a manufacturing method of the polyimide film of this indication as a 4th manufacturing method, A step of preparing a first polyimide resin composition containing polyimide and an organic solvent, and a second polyimide resin composition containing polyimide and an organic solvent; Applying the first polyimide resin composition to a support to form a first polyimide resin coating; And a step of applying the second polyimide resin composition on the first polyimide resin coating film to form a second polyimide resin coating film.
- a step of forming a polyimide resin coating film has a desired number of layers. The method to do is mentioned.
- the third production method and the fourth production method can be suitably used when the polyimide to be used has solvent solubility such that 5% by mass or more dissolves in an organic solvent at 25 ° C.
- the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method are preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the yellowness (YI value) of the polyimide film, and the yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006.
- a polyimide film having a value (YI value / film thickness ( ⁇ m)) divided by the film thickness ( ⁇ m) of 0.330 or less, more preferably 0.200 or less, and even more preferably 0.150 or less can be suitably formed. It is.
- the step of preparing the polyimide molded body can be the same as the polyimide molded body preparing step of the first manufacturing method.
- the manufacturing method B it is preferable to use the manufacturing method B as a method for manufacturing a polyimide molded body in terms of a high effect of reducing the yellowness (YI value) of the polyimide film, and the JIS K7373.
- -A polyimide whose yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with 2006 is divided by the film thickness ( ⁇ m) (YI value / film thickness ( ⁇ m)) is 0.030 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less.
- a film can be suitably formed.
- the value (YI value / film thickness ( ⁇ m)) obtained by dividing the yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 by the film thickness ( ⁇ m) is 0.
- a polyimide film of 030 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less can be suitably formed.
- the support used in the fourth manufacturing method include the same supports as those used in the second manufacturing method.
- a step of preparing a polyimide resin composition hereinafter referred to as a polyimide resin composition preparation step
- the resin coating film forming step) will be described in detail.
- the polyimide used in the polyimide resin composition preparation step of the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method is the polyimide having the solvent solubility described above from the same polyimides described in the polyimide layer. It can be selected and used.
- As a method for imidization it is preferable to use chemical imidation using a chemical imidizing agent instead of heat dehydration for the dehydration ring-closing reaction of the polyimide precursor.
- known compounds such as amines such as pyridine and ⁇ -picolinic acid, carbodiimides such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, and acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride may be used as a dehydration catalyst.
- Examples of the acid anhydride are not limited to acetic anhydride, and propionic acid anhydride, n-butyric acid anhydride, benzoic acid anhydride, trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, and the like, but are not particularly limited.
- a tertiary amine such as pyridine or ⁇ -picolinic acid may be used in combination.
- the optical properties particularly the yellowness (YI value) are reduced.
- reaction liquid reacted from the precursor to the polyimide is not cast as it is, It is preferable to form the film after purification by reprecipitation or the like, and removing components other than polyimide to 100 ppm or less of the total weight of the polyimide.
- examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction solution for performing chemical imidation of the polyimide precursor include the first manufacturing method. The thing similar to what was demonstrated in the said polyimide precursor resin composition preparation process can be used.
- Examples of the organic solvent used when redissolving the polyimide purified from the reaction solution in the polyimide resin composition preparation step include ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-normal-butyl ether, Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ortho-dichlorobenzene, xylene, cresol, chlorobenzene, isobutyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, normal-butyl acetate, normal-propyl acetate, normal-pentyl acetate, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanone, 1.4-Dioxane, tetrachloroethylene, toluene, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexanol, methylcyclohexane Sanone, methyl-normal-butyl ketone, dichlor
- the polyimide resin composition may contain an additive as necessary.
- an additive the thing similar to what was demonstrated in the said polyimide precursor resin composition preparation process in a said 1st manufacturing method can be used.
- the said 3rd manufacturing method and the said 4th manufacturing method as a method of making the content water content of the said polyimide resin composition into 1000 ppm or less, the said polyimide precursor resin composition preparation process in a said 1st manufacturing method A method similar to the method described in the above can be used.
- the coating method is the same as described in the polyimide precursor resin coating film forming step of the first manufacturing method. Things can be used.
- the solvent is dried as necessary.
- the drying temperature is preferably 80 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower under normal pressure. It is preferable that the pressure be in the range of 10 ° C. to 100 ° C. under reduced pressure.
- the solvent may be further dried at 150 ° C. or higher and 300 ° C. or lower.
- the fourth manufacturing method may include a stretching step of stretching the laminate of the polyimide resin coating film after forming all the polyimide resin coating films.
- the said extending process can be made to be the same as the extending process in the said 2nd manufacturing method.
- polyimide film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and can be used as a member such as a base material or a surface material for which a glass product such as a thin plate glass has been conventionally used. Since the polyimide film of the present disclosure has improved impact resistance and bending resistance, it can be suitably used as a member such as a base material for display or a surface material that can handle curved surfaces.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure is, for example, a thin and bent flexible organic EL display, a mobile terminal such as a smartphone or a wristwatch type terminal, a display device inside an automobile, a flexible panel used for a wristwatch, or the like. It can be used suitably.
- the polyimide film of the present disclosure includes a member for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display device, a member for a touch panel, a flexible printed circuit board, a surface protection film and a substrate material for a solar cell panel, an optical waveguide, etc.
- the present invention can also be applied to other members, other semiconductor-related members and the like.
- Laminate The laminate of the present disclosure is a laminate having the above-described polyimide film of the present disclosure and a hard coat layer containing at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
- the laminate of the present disclosure uses the polyimide film of the present disclosure described above, it has improved impact resistance and bending resistance, and further has a hard coat layer, thereby improving surface hardness, Impact resistance is further improved.
- Hard coat layer used in the laminate of the present disclosure contains at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
- the radical polymerizable compound is a compound having a radical polymerizable group.
- the radical polymerizable group possessed by the radical polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a functional group capable of causing a radical polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include a group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond. Specific examples include a vinyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group.
- these radical polymerizable groups may be the same or different from each other.
- the number of radical polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the radical polymerizable compound is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or more from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer.
- a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of high reactivity, and further, from the viewpoint of adhesion, light transmittance, surface hardness, and impact resistance.
- a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule is preferable.
- a compound called a polyfunctional acrylate monomer having 2 to 6 (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule a molecule called urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, or epoxy (meth) acrylate
- An oligomer having a molecular weight of several hundreds to several thousands having several (meth) acryloyl groups therein can be preferably used.
- (meth) acryloyl represents each of acryloyl and methacryloyl
- (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
- radical polymerizable compound examples include vinyl compounds such as divinylbenzene; ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A epoxy di (meth) acrylate, 9,9-bis [4- (2- ( Meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, alkylene oxide modified bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate (eg ethoxylated (ethylene oxide modified) bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate), trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tri Methylolethane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaeryth Polyol polyacrylates such as lithol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth)
- the cationic polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationic polymerizable group.
- the cationic polymerizable group possessed by the cationic polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a functional group capable of causing a cationic polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and a vinyl ether group.
- these cationic polymerizable groups may be the same or different from each other.
- the number of cationically polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the cationically polymerizable compound is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or more from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer.
- the cationic polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as the cationic polymerizable group, in terms of adhesion, light transmittance, surface hardness, and impact resistance. Therefore, a compound having two or more epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups in one molecule is more preferable. Cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups are preferred from the viewpoint of small shrinkage accompanying the polymerization reaction.
- compounds having an epoxy group among the cyclic ether groups are easily available as compounds having various structures, do not adversely affect the durability of the obtained hard coat layer, and easily control the compatibility with the radical polymerizable compound.
- the oxetanyl group has a high degree of polymerization and low toxicity compared to the epoxy group.
- a cationically polymerizable compound having an epoxy group for example, a polyglycidyl ether of a polyhydric alcohol having an alicyclic ring, a cyclohexene ring or a cyclopentene ring-containing compound may be used with an appropriate oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peracid.
- Alicyclic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or alkylene oxide adduct thereof, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polybasic acid, homopolymer of glycidyl (meth) acrylate, Aliphatic epoxy resins such as copolymers; glycidyl produced by reaction of bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F and hydrogenated bisphenol A, or derivatives thereof such as alkylene oxide adducts and caprolactone adducts, and epichlorohydrin Ether, and novolac epoxy resins such as a and glycidyl ether type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols are exemplified.
- alicyclic epoxy resin examples include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (UVR-6105, UVR-6107, UVR-6110), bis-3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl adipate. (UVR-6128) (The product names in parentheses are manufactured by Dow Chemical.)
- Examples of the glycidyl ether type epoxy resin include sorbitol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-611, Denacol EX-612, Denacol EX-614, Denacol EX-614B, Denacol EX-622), Polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX).
- epoxy resins include trade names such as Epicoat 825, Epicoat 827, Epicoat 828, Epicoat 828EL, Epicoat 828XA, Epicoat 834, Epicoat 801, Epicoat 801P, Epicoat 802, Epicoat 815, Epicoat 815XA, Epicoat 816A, Epicoat 819, Epicoat 834X90, Epicoat 1001B80, Epicoat 1001X70, Epicoat 1001X75, Epicoat 1001T75, Epicoat 806, Epicoat 806P, Epicoat 807, Epicoat 152, Epicoat 154, Epicoat 871, Epicoat 191P, Epicoat YX310, Epicoat DX255, Epicoat YX8000, Etc. (above product name, Turbocharger bread epoxy resin) and the like.
- Examples of the cationically polymerizable compound having an oxetanyl group include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane (OXT-101), 1,4-bis-3-ethyloxetane-3-ylmethoxymethylbenzene (OXT-121).
- At least one polymer of the radical polymerizable compound and the cationic polymerizable compound contained in the hard coat layer used in the present disclosure is, for example, the radical polymerizable compound or the cationic polymerizable compound. It can be obtained by adding a polymerization initiator to at least one kind, if necessary, and carrying out a polymerization reaction by a known method.
- a radical polymerization initiator a cationic polymerization initiator, a radical, a cationic polymerization initiator, and the like can be appropriately selected and used.
- These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of light irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations to advance radical polymerization and cationic polymerization.
- the radical polymerization initiator may be any substance that can release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation and / or heating.
- photo radical polymerization initiators include imidazole derivatives, bisimidazole derivatives, N-aryl glycine derivatives, organic azide compounds, titanocenes, aluminate complexes, organic peroxides, N-alkoxypyridinium salts, thioxanthone derivatives, and the like.
- Irgacure 907 Irgacure 379, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 500, Irgacure 754, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 1800, Irgacure 1870 manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. , Irgacure OXE01, DAROCUR TPO, DAROCUR1173, Japan Siber Hegner Co., Ltd.
- the cationic polymerization initiator should just be able to discharge
- the cationic polymerization initiator include sulfonic acid ester, imide sulfonate, dialkyl-4-hydroxysulfonium salt, arylsulfonic acid-p-nitrobenzyl ester, silanol-aluminum complex, ( ⁇ 6 -benzene) ( ⁇ 5 -cyclopentadidiene).
- Enyl) iron (II) and the like and more specific examples include, but are not limited to, benzoin tosylate, 2,5-dinitrobenzyl tosylate, N-tosiphthalimide and the like.
- radical polymerization initiators that can be used as cationic polymerization initiators include aromatic iodonium salts, aromatic sulfonium salts, aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic phosphonium salts, triazine compounds, iron arene complexes, and the like.
- iodonium chloride such as diphenyliodonium, ditolyliodonium, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium, bis (p-chlorophenyl) iodonium, bromide, borofluoride, hexafluorophosphate salt, hexafluoro Iodonium salts such as antimonate salts, chlorides of sulfonium such as triphenylsulfonium, 4-tert-butyltriphenylsulfonium, tris (4-methylphenyl) sulfonium, bromide, borofluoride, hexa Sulfonium salts such as fluorophosphate salts and hexafluoroantimonate salts, 2,4,6-tris (trichloromethyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -1, 2,4,6-sub
- the hard coat layer used in the present disclosure is, if necessary, an antistatic agent, an antiglare agent, an antifouling agent, inorganic or organic fine particles for improving hardness, You may contain additives, such as a leveling agent and various sensitizers.
- the laminate of the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it has the polyimide film and the hard coat layer, and the hard coat layer is laminated on one surface side of the polyimide film.
- the hard coat layer may be laminated on both sides of the polyimide film.
- the laminated body of this indication is for the range which does not impair the effect of this indication other than the said polyimide film and the said hard-coat layer, for example, for improving the adhesiveness of the said polyimide film and the said hard-coat layer. It may have other layers such as a primer layer.
- the hard coat layer is laminated on one surface of the polyimide film,
- the hard coat layer is preferably located on the polyimide layer side having a relatively large Young's modulus from the viewpoint of improving the impact resistance.
- the total thickness of the laminate of the present disclosure may be appropriately selected depending on the application, but is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 40 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of strength and impact resistance. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of bending resistance, it is preferably 300 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 250 ⁇ m or less.
- the thickness of each hard coat layer is preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 80 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 3 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less.
- the laminate of the present disclosure preferably has a pencil hardness of HB or higher, more preferably F or higher, even more preferably H or higher, and particularly preferably 2H or higher.
- the pencil hardness of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner except that the load is 9.8 N in the method for measuring the pencil hardness of the polyimide film.
- the total light transmittance measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1 is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 88% or more, and still more preferably 90% or more. Is preferred.
- the total light transmittance of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner as the total light transmittance of the polyimide film measured according to JIS K7361-1.
- the yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and preferably 16 or less. Further preferred.
- the yellowness (YI value) of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner as the yellowness (YI value) calculated based on JIS K7373-2006 of the polyimide film.
- the haze value of the laminate of the present disclosure is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less from the viewpoint of light transmittance.
- the haze value of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner as the haze value of the polyimide film.
- the birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of the laminate of the present disclosure is preferably 0.040 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less, and still more preferably 0.020 or less, It is particularly preferable that it is 0.015 or less.
- the birefringence of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner as the birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of the polyimide film.
- Manufacturing method of laminated body As a manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present disclosure, for example, Forming a coating film of a hard coat layer forming composition containing at least one of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound on at least one surface of the polyimide film of the present disclosure; And a step of curing the coating film.
- the composition for forming a hard coat layer contains at least one of a radically polymerizable compound and a cationically polymerizable compound, and may further contain a polymerization initiator, a solvent, an additive, and the like as necessary.
- a polymerization initiator e.g., a polymerization initiator, a solvent, an additive, and the like.
- the radical polymerizable compound, cationic polymerizable compound, polymerization initiator and additive contained in the hard coat layer forming composition can be the same as those described in the hard coat layer.
- the solvent can be appropriately selected from known solvents.
- the hard coat layer forming composition is publicly known on at least one surface of the polyimide film.
- coating means is mentioned.
- the application means is not particularly limited as long as it is a method that can be applied with a target film thickness, and examples thereof include the same means as the means for applying the polyimide precursor resin composition to a support.
- the coating amount of the curable resin composition for the hard coat layer varies depending on the performance required of the obtained laminate, but is appropriately adjusted so that the film thickness after drying is 3 ⁇ m or more and 25 ⁇ m or less. it is preferred to, coated amount 3 g / m 2 or more 30 g / m 2 within the following range, particularly preferably in the range of 5 g / m 2 or more 25 g / m 2 or less.
- the solvent is removed by drying the coating film of the curable resin composition for a hard coat layer as necessary.
- drying method include reduced-pressure drying or heat drying, and a combination of these.
- ultraviolet rays For light irradiation, ultraviolet rays, visible light, electron beams, ionizing radiation, etc. are mainly used.
- ultraviolet curing ultraviolet rays emitted from light such as an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc, a xenon arc, and a metal halide lamp are used.
- the irradiation amount of the energy ray source is about 50 to 5000 mJ / cm 2 as an integrated exposure amount at an ultraviolet wavelength of 365 nm.
- the treatment When heating, the treatment is usually performed at a temperature of 40 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower. Moreover, you may react by leaving it to stand for 24 hours or more at room temperature (25 degreeC).
- the display surface material of the present disclosure is the polyimide film of the present disclosure described above or the laminate of the present disclosure described above.
- the display surface material of the present disclosure is arranged and used so as to be positioned on the surface of various displays.
- the display surface material of the present disclosure has improved impact resistance and bending resistance, like the polyimide film of the present disclosure and the laminate of the present disclosure described above, and therefore is particularly preferably used for a flexible display. it can.
- the display surface material of the present disclosure can be used for various known displays and is not particularly limited.
- the display surface material can be used for the display described in the application of the polyimide film of the present disclosure.
- positioning on the surface of a display may be the surface by the side of a polyimide film, or a hard-coat layer It may be the side surface.
- the surface material for display of the present disclosure is the polyimide film of the present disclosure
- the two polyimide layers located on the outermost surface of the polyimide film have different Young's moduli
- the display surface material of the present disclosure may have a fingerprint adhesion preventing layer on the outermost surface.
- the method for disposing the display surface material of the present disclosure on the surface of the display is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method through an adhesive layer.
- the adhesive layer a conventionally known adhesive layer that can be used for adhesion of a display surface material can be used.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor was developed by making the polyimide precursor a 0.5% by weight N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) solution, filtering the solution through a syringe filter (pore diameter: 0.45 ⁇ m), and developing the polyimide precursor.
- NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
- As a solvent a 10 mmol% LiBr-NMP solution having a water content of 500 ppm or less was used, and a GPC apparatus (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, HLC-8120, column used: SHODEX GPC LF-804) was used.
- the measurement was performed under the conditions of 40 ° C./min.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is a polystyrene standard sample having the same concentration as the sample (weight average molecular weight: 364,700, 204,000, 103,500, 44,360,27,500, 13,030, 6,300, 3,070) was used as a conversion value with respect to standard polystyrene measured.
- the elution time was compared with a calibration curve to determine the weight average molecular weight.
- ⁇ Viscosity of polyimide precursor solution The viscosity of the polyimide precursor solution was measured using a viscometer (for example, TVE-22HT, Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and a sample amount of 0.8 ml.
- NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
- the solution was filtered through a syringe filter (pore size: 0.45 ⁇ m), a 30 mmol% LiBr-NMP solution having a water content of 500 ppm or less was used as a developing solvent, and a GPC apparatus (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, HLC-8120, detector: differential) Refractive index (RID) detector, column used: two SHODEX GPC LF-804s connected in series), sample injection amount 50 ⁇ L, solvent flow rate 0.4 mL / min, column temperature 37 ° C., detector temperature 37 ° C. The measurement was performed under the following conditions.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide is the same as the polystyrene standard sample (weight average molecular weight: 364,700, 204,000, 103,500, 44,360,27,500, 13,030, 6,300, 3, 070) was used as a conversion value with respect to standard polystyrene measured.
- the elution time was compared with a calibration curve to determine the weight average molecular weight.
- ⁇ Film thickness> The film thickness of each polyimide layer possessed by the polyimide film of each example and the film thickness of the single-layer polyimide film of each comparative example were obtained by cutting a polyimide film cut into a size of 10 cm ⁇ 10 cm in the thickness direction. The cross section was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the film thickness of each polyimide layer was measured at five points located at equal intervals from both ends in the width direction of the polyimide film, and the average value was obtained. Since the polyimide films of Examples 7 to 12 had a mixing region where the materials of each polyimide layer were mixed at the boundary between the polyimide layers adjacent to each other, the cross section of the test piece obtained by cutting the polyimide film in the thickness direction was flying.
- Elemental mapping by time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry is performed using time-type secondary ion mass spectrometry (manufactured by ION-TOF, model number TOF.SIMS5), and the detected amount of silicon atoms is mixed.
- the film thickness of each polyimide layer was measured using the part which becomes the average value of the detected amount of silicon atoms in two regions that are not regions as the boundary between the polyimide layers.
- the part which becomes the average value of the detected amount of silicon atoms in the two regions other than the mixing region is a region having a thickness
- the central part in the thickness direction of the region is used as a boundary between the polyimide layers, The film thickness was measured.
- ⁇ Young's modulus> Using a cross section of a test piece obtained by cutting a polyimide film in the thickness direction, measurement was performed using a nanoindentation method at a temperature of 25 ° C. in accordance with ISO14577. Specifically, a PICODERTOR HM500 manufactured by Fisher Instruments Co., Ltd. was used as a measuring device, and a Vickers indenter was used as a measurement indenter. For each layer of the cross section of the test piece, the value obtained by measuring eight arbitrary points and averaging the points was taken as the Young's modulus of each layer. Measurement conditions were as follows: maximum indentation depth: 1000 nm, weighted time: 20 seconds, creep time: 5 seconds.
- CTE Linear thermal expansion coefficient
- TMA-60 thermomechanical analyzer
- Nitrogen gas Flow rate 50 ml / min
- Initial load 9g [Temperature program] After maintaining at 30 ° C. for 10 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature was raised to 400 ° C. at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min and maintained at 400 ° C. for 1 minute.
- ⁇ Tensile modulus> A test piece obtained by cutting a polyimide film into 15 mm ⁇ 40 mm was conditioned for 2 hours under the conditions of a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60%, and in accordance with JIS K7127, the tensile speed was 8 mm / min and the distance between chucks was 20 mm. The tensile elastic modulus at 25 ° C. was measured. A tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation: Autograph AG-X 1N, load cell: SBL-1KN) was used.
- Total light transmittance> Based on JIS K7361-1, it was measured with a haze meter (HM150, manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory).
- YI value (yellowness)>
- the YI value is determined according to JIS K7373-2006 using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer (JASCO Corporation V-7100), by spectrocolorimetric method, using auxiliary illuminant C, and 2 degree field of view.
- the tristimulus values X, Y, Z in the XYZ color system are obtained based on the transmittance measured in the range of 250 nm to 800 nm at 1 nm intervals, and calculated from the X, Y, Z values by the following formula did.
- YI 100 (1.2769X ⁇ 1.0592Z) / Y Further, a value (YI / film thickness ( ⁇ m)) obtained by dividing the YI value by the total film thickness ( ⁇ m) of the polyimide film was determined.
- the thickness direction retardation value (Rth) of the polyimide film was measured with a light of 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 590 nm using a phase difference measuring apparatus (product name “KOBRA-WR” manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
- a phase difference value at 0 ° incidence and a phase difference value at an incidence angle of 40 ° were measured, and a thickness direction retardation value Rth was calculated from these retardation values.
- the retardation value at an oblique incidence of 40 degrees was measured by making light having a wavelength of 590 nm incident on the retardation film from a direction inclined by 40 degrees from the normal line of the retardation film.
- the birefringence of the polyimide film was determined by substituting it into the formula: Rth / d (polyimide film thickness (nm)).
- test piece 10 was sandwiched between 3a and 3b, and the test piece 10 was fixed in a bent state with an inner diameter of 6 mm.
- the dummy test pieces 4a and 4b are sandwiched between the metal piece 2 and the glass plate 3a and 3b where the test piece 10 is not provided, and fixed with tape so that the glass plates 3a and 3b are parallel to each other. did.
- the test piece 10 thus fixed in a bent state is allowed to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90% relative humidity (RH), and then the glass plate and fixing tape are removed, and the test piece is removed. The force applied to 10 was released.
- Example 11 was bent so that the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus was inside. When the film returns completely without being affected by the static bending test, the interior angle is 180 °.
- ⁇ Pencil hardness> The pencil hardness of the polyimide film is determined by conditioning the sample for 2 hours at a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 60%, and then using a test pencil specified by JIS-S-6006. By performing a pencil hardness test (0.98N load) as specified in JIS K5600-5-4 (1999) on the film surface using a coating film hardness tester and evaluating the highest pencil hardness without scratches. went. In addition, the polyimide film of Example 11 was subjected to a pencil hardness test on the surface of a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus.
- TFMB 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine
- 6FDA 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride
- TFMB 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride
- 6FDA 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride
- TFMB 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine
- BAPS bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone
- AprMMOS 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane
- 6FDA 4, 4 '-(Hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride
- PMDA pyromellitic dianhydride
- Example 1 Using the polyimide precursor solution 1, a single-layer polyimide film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m obtained by the following procedures (1) to (3) was prepared as a polyimide molded body A.
- the polyimide precursor solution 1 was apply
- the temperature was raised to 350 ° C. at a rate of temperature rise of 10 ° C./min, held for 1 hour, and then cooled to room temperature.
- the polyimide precursor solution 2 is applied to both surfaces of the polyimide molded body A so that the film thickness after imidization is 3 ⁇ m, and is dried in a circulating oven at 120 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a polyimide precursor resin coating film. After forming the film, the temperature is raised to 350 ° C. under a nitrogen stream (oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less) at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./minute, held for 1 hour, and then cooled to room temperature to imidize the polyimide precursor. The polyimide film of Example 1 was obtained.
- the resulting polyimide film has a polyimide layer with a relatively high Young's modulus (hereinafter referred to as a high Young's modulus layer) laminated on both sides of a polyimide layer with a relatively low Young's modulus (hereinafter referred to as a low Young's modulus layer). It was the multilayer polyimide film which has the layer structure made.
- Example 2 (Examples 2 and 3)
- the polyimide films of Examples 2 and 3 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the high Young's modulus layer was as shown in Table 2.
- Example 6 (Examples 4 to 6) In Example 1, instead of the polyimide molded body A, a polyimide molded body B, which is a single-layer polyimide film with a film thickness of 80 ⁇ m, prepared by changing the coating amount of the polyimide precursor solution 1, and the thickness of the high Young's modulus layer is used.
- the polyimide films of Examples 4 to 6 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that Table 2 was changed as shown in Table 2.
- Example 7 In the production of the polyimide molded body A of Example 1, a single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 51 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner except that the polyimide precursor solution 4 was used instead of the polyimide precursor solution 1, and the polyimide molded body was obtained. C. In the production of the polyimide film of Example 1, a polyimide film of Example 7 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that polyimide molded body C was used instead of polyimide molded body A.
- Comparative Example 1 A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 48 ⁇ m obtained in the same procedure as in (1) to (3) of Example 1 using the polyimide precursor solution 1 was used as a polyimide film of Comparative Example 1.
- Comparative Example 2 A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 49 ⁇ m obtained by the same procedure as in (1) to (3) of Example 1 using the polyimide precursor solution 2 was used as a polyimide film of Comparative Example 2.
- the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were evaluated using the evaluation method.
- the evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
- “high” represents a high Young's modulus layer
- “low” represents a low Young's modulus layer.
- the film thickness, Young's modulus, and linear thermal expansion coefficient (CTE) shown in Table 2 and Table 4 are the measurement results of each polyimide layer, and the other evaluation results indicate the evaluation results for the entire polyimide film.
- the polyimide species numbers 1 to 6 in Tables 2 and 4 correspond to polyimides obtained using the polyimide precursor solution or the polyimide solutions 1 to 6, respectively.
- the Young's modulus ratio (high / low) in Tables 2 and 4 is a value obtained by dividing the Young's modulus value of the polyimide layer having the highest Young's modulus by the Young's modulus value of the polyimide layer having the lowest Young's modulus.
- the thickness ratio (%) of the high Young's modulus layer in Tables 2 and 4 is the ratio (%) of the total thickness of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus when the total thickness of the polyimide film is 100%.
- the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 3 having a high Young's modulus layer on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer having a film thickness of 50 ⁇ m are comparative examples 1 that are single layer polyimide films having a film thickness of approximately 50 ⁇ m.
- the impact resistance has been improved while having the same good bending resistance as that of the film.
- the bending resistance has been improved compared to Comparative Example 2 which is a single layer polyimide film having a high Young's modulus layer.
- the impact resistance was also improved.
- the polyimide films of Examples 4 to 6 having a high Young's modulus layer on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m are similar to Comparative Example 5 which is a polyimide film having a low Young's modulus layer having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
- the impact resistance was improved while having good bending resistance, and the impact resistance and bending resistance were improved as compared with Comparative Example 2 which is a polyimide film of a single layer having a high Young's modulus. .
- Example 7 having a high Young's modulus layer on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms is as good as Comparative Example 4 which is a single layer polyimide film containing a silicon atom.
- the impact resistance was improved while having excellent bending resistance, and the impact resistance and bending resistance were improved as compared with Comparative Example 2 which is a single layer polyimide film having a high Young's modulus layer.
- the single-layer polyimide films of Comparative Examples 3 and 4 were inferior in impact resistance as compared with the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 7.
- pyridine (41.4 g) and acetic anhydride (53.4 g) as catalysts were added and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to synthesize a polyimide solution.
- butyl acetate (406 g) was added and stirred until uniform, then methanol (3000 g) was gradually added to obtain a white slurry.
- the slurry was filtered and washed 5 times with methanol to obtain polyimide 5.
- the weight average molecular weight of the polyimide measured by GPC was 175000.
- Polyimide 5 was dissolved in a solvent (dichloromethane) to prepare a polyimide solution 5 having a solid content of 15% by mass.
- the viscosity of the polyimide solution 5 (solid content: 15% by mass) at 25 ° C. was 4174 cps.
- Example 8 Using the polyimide solution 6, a single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 47 ⁇ m obtained by the following procedures (i) to (iii) was prepared as a polyimide molded body D.
- the polyimide solution 6 was apply
- the film was dried in a circulation oven at 50 ° C. for 10 minutes.
- the film was heated to 200 ° C. under a nitrogen stream (oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less) at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min, held at 200 ° C. for 1 hour, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a polyimide film. .
- the polyimide solution 5 is applied to both sides of the polyimide molded body D so that the film thickness after drying is 3 ⁇ m, and after natural drying, it is dried in a circulation oven at 50 ° C. for 10 minutes, and then under a nitrogen stream
- the polyimide film of Example 8 was obtained by raising the temperature to 200 ° C. at an oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less and a heating rate of 10 ° C./min, holding at 200 ° C. for 1 hour, and then cooling to room temperature.
- Example 9 In the procedure of (i) to (iii) of Example 8, except that the polyimide solution 5 was used instead of the polyimide solution 6, a film thickness of 55 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as in the procedures of (i) to (iii). A single-layer polyimide film was obtained and designated as polyimide molded body E.
- the polyimide precursor solution 2 is applied to both sides of the polyimide molded body E so that the film thickness after imidization is 3 ⁇ m, and is dried in a circulating oven at 120 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a polyimide precursor resin coating film. After forming the film, the temperature is raised to 350 ° C.
- Example 9 The polyimide film of Example 9 was obtained.
- Example 10 In the procedures (i) to (iii) of Example 8, except that the polyimide solution 5 was used instead of the polyimide solution 6 and the coating amount was adjusted so that the film thickness after drying was 20 ⁇ m, the above (i ) To (iii), a single-layer polyimide film having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m was obtained, and a polyimide molded body F was obtained.
- the polyimide precursor solution 2 is applied to both sides of the polyimide molded body F so that the film thickness after imidization is 15 ⁇ m, and is dried in a circulating oven at 120 ° C. for 10 minutes to obtain a polyimide precursor resin coating film. After forming the film, the temperature is raised to 350 ° C.
- Example 10 The polyimide film of Example 10 was obtained.
- Example 11 In the procedures (i) to (iii) of Example 8, except that the polyimide solution 5 was used in place of the polyimide solution 6, a film thickness of 48 ⁇ m was obtained in the same manner as the procedures (i) to (iii). A single-layer polyimide film was obtained and designated as polyimide molded body G.
- the polyimide precursor solution 2 is applied to one surface of the polyimide molded body G so that the film thickness after imidization is 3 ⁇ m and dried in a circulating oven at 120 ° C. for 10 minutes. After forming the film, the temperature is raised to 350 ° C.
- Example 11 The polyimide film of Example 11 was obtained.
- Example 12 In the procedure of (1) to (3) of Example 1, except that the polyimide precursor solution 2 was used instead of the polyimide precursor solution 1, the procedure of (1) to (3) was performed, A single-layer polyimide film having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m was obtained and designated as polyimide molded body H.
- the polyimide solution 5 is applied to both sides of the polyimide molded body H so that the film thickness after drying becomes 20 ⁇ m, and after natural drying, it is dried in a circulation oven at 50 ° C. for 10 minutes, and then in a nitrogen stream
- the polyimide film of Example 12 was obtained by raising the temperature to 200 ° C. at an oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less and a heating rate of 10 ° C./min, holding at 200 ° C. for 1 hour, and then cooling to room temperature.
- the polyimide film of Example 8 has a high Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms. Impact resistance is improved while having good bending resistance comparable to that of Comparative Example 7 which is a polyimide film of a single layer, and compared with Comparative Example 6 which is a polyimide film of a single layer having a high Young's modulus. The bending resistance was improved and the impact resistance was also improved.
- the polyimide films of Examples 9 and 10 have a high Young's modulus layer not containing silicon atoms on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms, and a single layer of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms. While having good bending resistance comparable to that of Comparative Example 6 which is a polyimide film, the impact resistance is remarkably improved, and moreover compared to Comparative Example 2 which is a polyimide film having a high Young's modulus layer single layer. The bending resistance was improved and the impact resistance was remarkably improved.
- the polyimide film of Example 11 has a high Young's modulus layer not containing silicon atoms on one surface of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms, and a single layer of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms. While having good bending resistance comparable to that of Comparative Example 6 which is a polyimide film, the impact resistance is improved, and further, compared to Comparative Example 2 which is a polyimide film having a single layer of high Young's modulus. Resistance was improved and impact resistance was improved.
- the polyimide film of Example 12 has a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms on both sides of a high Young's modulus layer not containing silicon atoms, and a low Young modulus layer single-layer polyimide film containing silicon atoms As compared with Comparative Example 6, the impact resistance was improved, and the bending resistance was improved as compared with Comparative Example 2 which was a polyimide film having a single layer having a high Young's modulus.
- the polyimide films of Examples 7 to 12 were cut in the thickness direction and the cross section was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), the mixing region where the materials of each polyimide layer were mixed at the boundary between the polyimide layers adjacent to each other. Had. Further, the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 12 were inspected for the presence of interference fringes. Specifically, one surface of the polyimide film was painted with black ink, an interference fringe inspection lamp was applied to the other surface, and reflection observation was performed visually. As a result, all the polyimide films were at a practical level. However, compared with the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 6, the polyimide films of Examples 7 to 12 had interference fringes suppressed.
- SEM scanning electron microscope
- the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 12 were subjected to a surface polyimide layer adhesion test according to the following adhesion test method. As a result, the ratio of the area where the polyimide layer on the surface peeled was 20% or less.
- an adhesion test was performed on the surface on the high Young's modulus layer side, and in each Example other than Example 11, an adhesion test was performed on both surfaces.
- ⁇ Adhesion test> In accordance with the cross-cut test of JIS K5400, the polyimide layer on the surface was cut into a checkered pattern at intervals of 1 mm using a cutter knife to form a grid of 100 squares. Next, cellophane tape (Nichiban Co., Ltd.) was applied on the lattice and then peeled off. After repeating this five times, peeling of the polyimide layer on the surface was observed.
- Example 13 10 parts by weight of 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (BASF, Irgacure 184) is added to 100 parts by weight of pentaerythritol triacrylate to a 40% by weight methyl isobutyl ketone solution of pentaerythritol triacrylate.
- a resin composition for a coat layer was prepared. The polyimide film of Example 1 was cut out to 10 cm ⁇ 10 cm, the hard coat layer resin composition was applied to one surface, and ultraviolet light was irradiated and cured at a dose of 200 mJ / cm 2 under a nitrogen stream, and the film thickness was 10 ⁇ m. A hard coat layer, which is a cured film, was formed to produce a laminate.
- BASF 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone
- Example 14 to 24 laminates of Examples 14 to 24 were produced in the same manner as Example 13 except that the polyimide films of Examples 2 to 12 were used instead of the polyimide film of Example 1, respectively.
- Example 23 using the polyimide film of Example 11 a hard coat layer was formed on the surface of the polyimide film on the high Young's modulus layer side to produce a laminate.
- ⁇ Pencil hardness> The laminates obtained in Examples 13 to 24 were conditioned for 2 hours under conditions of a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60%, and then using a test pencil specified by JIS-S-6006, Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd.
- the pencil hardness test (9.8 N load) specified in JIS K5600-5-4 (1999) is performed on the surface of the hard coat layer side using a pencil scratch coating film hardness tester.
- the pencil hardness of each laminate was determined by evaluating high pencil hardness.
- the pencil hardnesses of the laminates obtained in Examples 13 to 24 were all 2H.
- the laminates of Examples 20 and 24 in which the polyimide layer containing silicon atoms is positioned adjacent to the hard coat layer include the polyimide film, the hard coat layer, The adhesion was better.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本開示は、ポリイミドフィルム、積層体、及びディスプレイ用表面材に関するものである。 The present disclosure relates to a polyimide film, a laminate, and a display surface material.
薄い板ガラスは、硬度、耐熱性等に優れている反面、曲げにくく、落とすと割れやすく、加工性に問題があり、また、プラスチック製品と比較して重いといった欠点があった。このため、加工性や軽量化の観点から、ガラス代替製品となる樹脂製品の研究が行われてきている。 Although thin plate glass is excellent in hardness, heat resistance, etc., it is difficult to bend, it is easy to break when dropped, there is a problem in workability, and it is heavy compared to plastic products. For this reason, from the viewpoint of workability and weight reduction, research on resin products that are glass substitute products has been conducted.
例えば、液晶や有機EL等のディスプレイや、タッチパネル等のエレクトロニクスの急速な進歩に伴い、デバイスの薄型化や軽量化、更には、フレキシブル化が要求されるようになってきた。これらのデバイスには従来、薄い板ガラス上に様々な電子素子、例えば、薄型トランジスタや透明電極等が形成されているが、この薄い板ガラスを樹脂フィルムに変えることにより、パネル自体の耐衝撃性の強化、フレキシブル化、薄型化や軽量化を図ることができる。 For example, with the rapid progress of electronics such as liquid crystal and organic EL displays and touch panels, it has become necessary to make devices thinner and lighter and more flexible. Conventionally, these devices have various electronic elements such as thin transistors and transparent electrodes formed on a thin glass plate. By changing this thin glass plate to a resin film, the impact resistance of the panel itself is enhanced. , Flexible, thin and light weight can be achieved.
一般にポリイミド樹脂は、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物と芳香族ジアミンとの縮合反応により得られたポリアミド酸を脱水閉環反応させて得られる高耐熱性の樹脂である。しかしながら、一般にポリイミド樹脂は黄色或いは褐色に着色を示すことから、ディスプレイ用途や光学用途など透明性が要求される分野に用いることは困難であった。そこで、透明性を向上したポリイミドを、ディスプレイ用部材へ適用することが検討されている。例えば、特許文献1には、高耐熱性、高透明性、低吸水性のポリイミド樹脂として、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸二無水物およびこれらの反応性誘導体からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種のアシル含有化合物と、特定の式で表される、少なくとも一つのフェニレン基とイソプロピリデン基を有する化合物から選ばれる少なくとも1種のイミノ形成化合物とを反応させてなるポリイミド樹脂が開示されており、フラットパネルディスプレイや携帯電話機器等の基板材料に好適であると記載されている。
Generally, a polyimide resin is a highly heat-resistant resin obtained by subjecting a polyamic acid obtained by a condensation reaction of an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride and an aromatic diamine to a dehydration ring-closing reaction. However, since polyimide resins generally show yellow or brown coloration, it has been difficult to use them in fields that require transparency, such as display applications and optical applications. Then, applying the polyimide which improved transparency to the member for a display is examined. For example,
さらに、特許文献2には、芳香族ジアンヒドリドおよび芳香族ジアミンに由来する単位構造を含み、引裂強度改善用添加剤、またはヘキサフルオロ基、スルホン基およびオキシ基よりなる群から選ばれる官能基を有するモノマーに由来する単位構造をさらに含む、透明ポリイミドフィルムが開示されている。特許文献3には、透明性及び耐熱性が優れたポリイミドフィルムとして、損失弾性率を保存弾性率で分けた値であるtanδ曲線におけるピークの最頂点が特定の範囲内にあるポリイミドフィルムが開示されている。
Furthermore,
一方で、特許文献4には、熱融着性ポリイミド層を含むポリイミド層(b)と、前記ポリイミド層(b)に接して積層された、特定のテトラカルボン酸成分とジアミン成分とから得られるポリイミドを含むポリイミド層(a)とを含むポリイミドフィルムが開示されており、当該ポリイミドフィルムの熱融着性を有する面に銅箔等の金属箔を張り合わせて金属積層体を形成することが記載されている。 On the other hand, Patent Document 4 is obtained from a polyimide layer (b) including a heat-fusible polyimide layer and a specific tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component laminated in contact with the polyimide layer (b). A polyimide film containing a polyimide layer (a) containing polyimide is disclosed, and it is described that a metal laminate such as a copper foil is bonded to a surface having heat fusion properties of the polyimide film to form a metal laminate. ing.
画面が折り畳めるモバイル機器は、折り畳んだ状態で持ち運ばれることが多いため、そのようなモバイル機器に搭載されるフレキシブルディスプレイには、長時間折り曲げられた状態が続いても、平坦に戻した時に元通りになることが求められ、フレキシブルディスプレイ用の基材や表面材にも、長時間折り曲げられた状態が続いた後の復元性(以下、静的屈曲耐性という場合がある)が求められる。
しかしながら、従来の透明ポリイミドを用いた樹脂フィルムでは、平坦状態、折り曲げ状態を一定の周期で繰り返す試験において良好な結果を示すものであっても、長時間折り曲げられた状態が続くと、折り癖がつき、平坦に戻り難く、静的屈曲耐性に劣るという問題がある。
また、樹脂フィルムの弾性率を大きくすることにより、フィルムの剛性が高くなるため、耐衝撃性を向上することができるが、一方で、樹脂フィルムの弾性率を大きくすると、屈曲状態後の復元性が悪化し、屈曲耐性が不十分になる傾向がある。実際、後述する比較例2で示されるように、弾性率が大きいポリイミドフィルムは、耐衝撃性は向上するものの、屈曲耐性が悪化している。屈曲耐性を向上するには、フィルムの膜厚を薄くすることが、屈曲時にフィルムにかかる応力を小さくすることができるため効果的である。しかし、表面材として用いる樹脂フィルムにおいて、フィルムの膜厚を薄くしてしまうと、フィルムの剛性が低下し、発光デバイスや回路を衝撃から守る機能が低下する問題がある。このように、樹脂フィルムにおいて耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性とは相反する特性であると考えられている。表面材として用いる樹脂フィルムは、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性とのバランスをとるようにフィルムの厚みが設定されるため、折り曲げられないリジッドなパネルに用いられるガラスに比べると満足いく耐衝撃性が得られておらず、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性の両立が求められている。
Mobile devices that can fold screens are often carried in a folded state, so a flexible display installed in such mobile devices will not return to its original state when it is folded back even if it is folded for a long time. It is required to pass, and the base material and the surface material for the flexible display are also required to have resilience after being bent for a long time (hereinafter sometimes referred to as static bending resistance).
However, in the conventional resin film using transparent polyimide, even if it shows a good result in a test in which the flat state and the bent state are repeated at a constant cycle, if the bent state continues for a long time, the crease will be Therefore, there is a problem that it is difficult to return to a flat surface and inferior in static bending resistance.
In addition, by increasing the elastic modulus of the resin film, the rigidity of the film is increased, so that the impact resistance can be improved. On the other hand, if the elastic modulus of the resin film is increased, the resilience after being bent is restored. Tends to deteriorate and bending resistance becomes insufficient. In fact, as shown in Comparative Example 2 to be described later, a polyimide film having a large elastic modulus has improved flex resistance although it has improved impact resistance. In order to improve the bending resistance, it is effective to reduce the film thickness because the stress applied to the film during bending can be reduced. However, in the resin film used as the surface material, if the film thickness is reduced, the rigidity of the film is lowered, and there is a problem that the function of protecting the light emitting device and the circuit from the impact is lowered. Thus, it is considered that the impact resistance and the bending resistance are contradictory characteristics in the resin film. The resin film used as the surface material has a film thickness that balances impact resistance and bending resistance. Therefore, it can provide satisfactory impact resistance compared to glass used for rigid panels that cannot be bent. However, both impact resistance and bending resistance are required.
本開示は、上記問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、耐衝撃性に優れ、屈曲耐性が良好な樹脂フィルムを提供することを主目的とする。
また、本開示は、前記樹脂フィルムを有する積層体、及び、前記樹脂フィルム又は前記積層体であるディスプレイ用表面材を提供することを目的とする。
This indication is made in view of the above-mentioned problem, and it aims at providing the resin film which is excellent in impact resistance and favorable in bending resistance.
Moreover, this indication aims at providing the surface material for displays which is the laminated body which has the said resin film, and the said resin film or the said laminated body.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、ヤング率が互いに異なる2層以上のポリイミド層を有し、全体厚みが5μm以上200μm以下であり、JIS K7361-1に準拠して測定する全光線透過率が85%以上である。 The polyimide film of the present disclosure has two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, has an overall thickness of 5 μm to 200 μm, and has a total light transmittance of 85% or more measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1. It is.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層のヤング率が、ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層のヤング率の1.2倍以上であることが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。 In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is 1.2 times or more of the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus. It is preferable from the point of bending resistance.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、3層以上のポリイミド層を有し、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が、少なくとも一方の表面に位置することが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。 The polyimide film of the present disclosure has three or more polyimide layers, and the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is located on at least one surface, in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance. To preferred.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、3層以上のポリイミド層を有し、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層が、表面に位置しないことが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。 In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, it is preferable from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance that the polyimide layer having three or more polyimide layers and having the smallest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is not located on the surface.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、前記ポリイミド層のうち最も厚みの厚い層が、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層でないことが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。 In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, it is preferable that the thickest layer among the polyimide layers is not a polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層の合計厚みが、全体厚みの60%以下であることが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。 In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the total thickness of the polyimide layers having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is preferably 60% or less of the total thickness from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、下記静的屈曲試験方法に従って、静的屈曲試験を行った場合に、当該試験後の内角が90°以上であることが、屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。
[静的屈曲試験方法]
15mm×40mmに切り出したポリイミドフィルムの試験片を、長辺の半分の位置で折り曲げ、当該試験片の長辺の両端部が厚み6mmの金属片(100mm×30mm×6mm)を上下面から挟むようにして配置し、当該試験片の両端部と金属片との上下面での重なりしろが各々10mmずつになるようにテープで固定した状態で、上下からガラス板(100mm×100mm×0.7mm)で挟み、当該試験片を内径6mmで屈曲した状態で固定する。その際に、金属片とガラス板の間で当該試験片がない部分には、ダミーの試験片を挟み込み、ガラス板が平行になるようにテープで固定する。このようにして屈曲した状態で固定した当該試験片を、60℃、90%相対湿度(RH)の環境下で24時間静置した後、ガラス板と固定用のテープを外し、当該試験片にかかる力を解放する。その後、当該試験片の一方の端部を固定し、試験片にかかる力を解放してから30分後の試験片の内角を測定する。
In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, when a static bending test is performed according to the following static bending test method, it is preferable from the viewpoint of bending resistance that the internal angle after the test is 90 ° or more.
[Static bending test method]
A polyimide film test piece cut out to 15 mm × 40 mm is bent at a position of half of the long side, and both ends of the long side of the test piece sandwich a metal piece (100 mm × 30 mm × 6 mm) having a thickness of 6 mm from the upper and lower surfaces. Placed between glass plates (100 mm x 100 mm x 0.7 mm) from above and below with the tape fixed so that the overlap between the top and bottom surfaces of the test piece and the metal piece is 10 mm each. The test piece is fixed in a bent state with an inner diameter of 6 mm. At that time, a dummy test piece is sandwiched between the metal piece and the glass plate where there is no test piece, and is fixed with tape so that the glass plate is parallel. The test piece thus fixed in a bent state is left to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90% relative humidity (RH), and then the glass plate and fixing tape are removed, and the test piece is attached to the test piece. Release this force. Thereafter, one end of the test piece is fixed, and the internal angle of the test piece 30 minutes after the force applied to the test piece is released is measured.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度を、膜厚(μm)で割った値が、0.330以下であることが、黄色味の着色が抑制され、光透過性が向上する点から好ましい。 In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the yellowness calculated by JIS K7373-2006 divided by the film thickness (μm) is 0.330 or less, so that yellowing is suppressed. From the viewpoint of improving light transmittance.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、前記2層以上のポリイミド層がそれぞれ、芳香族環を含み、且つ、(i)フッ素原子、(ii)脂肪族環、及び(iii)芳香族環同士をスルホニル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていても良いアルキレン基で連結した構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含むポリイミドを含有することが、光透過性と耐衝撃性の点から好ましい。 In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the two or more polyimide layers each include an aromatic ring, and (i) a fluorine atom, (ii) an aliphatic ring, and (iii) the aromatic rings are sulfonyl groups. Or it is preferable from the point of the light transmittance and impact resistance to contain the polyimide containing at least 1 selected from the group which consists of the structure connected with the alkylene group which may be substituted by the fluorine atom.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が、下記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有することが、光透過性と耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性との点から好ましい。 In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers contains polyimide having a structure represented by the following general formula (1). This is preferable from the viewpoint of bending resistance.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が、前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有し、下記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層を更に有することが、光透過性と耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性との点から好ましい。 In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers contains a polyimide having a structure represented by the general formula (1), and is represented by the following general formula (2). It is preferable to further include a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a structure from the viewpoints of light transmittance, impact resistance, and bending resistance.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層を有することが、光透過性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。 The polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a structure represented by the general formula (2) from the viewpoint of light transmittance and bending resistance.
本開示の積層体は、前記本開示のポリイミドフィルムと、ラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種の重合物を含有するハードコート層とを有する積層体である。 The laminate of the present disclosure is a laminate having the polyimide film of the present disclosure and a hard coat layer containing at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
本開示の積層体においては、前記ラジカル重合性化合物が(メタ)アクリロイル基を1分子中に2つ以上有する化合物であり、前記カチオン重合性化合物がエポキシ基及びオキセタニル基の少なくとも1種を1分子中に2つ以上有する化合物であることが、ハードコート層の硬度及び密着性の点、及び光透過性と耐衝撃性の点から好ましい。 In the laminate of the present disclosure, the radical polymerizable compound is a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule, and the cationic polymerizable compound is one molecule of at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. A compound having two or more compounds is preferable from the viewpoints of hardness and adhesion of the hard coat layer, and light transmittance and impact resistance.
本開示のディスプレイ用表面材は、前記本開示のポリイミドフィルム、又は、前記本開示の積層体である。 The display surface material of the present disclosure is the polyimide film of the present disclosure or the laminate of the present disclosure.
本開示のディスプレイ用表面材は、フレキシブルディスプレイ用とすることができる。 The display surface material of the present disclosure can be used for a flexible display.
本開示によれば、耐衝撃性に優れ、屈曲耐性が良好な樹脂フィルムを提供することができる。
また、本開示によれば、前記樹脂フィルムを有する積層体、及び、前記樹脂フィルム又は前記積層体であるディスプレイ用表面材を提供することができる。
According to the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a resin film having excellent impact resistance and good bending resistance.
Moreover, according to this indication, the surface material for displays which is the laminated body which has the said resin film, and the said resin film or the said laminated body can be provided.
I.ポリイミドフィルム
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、ヤング率が互いに異なる2層以上のポリイミド層を有し、全体厚みが5μm以上200μm以下であり、JIS K7361-1に準拠して測定する全光線透過率が85%以上である。
I. Polyimide film The polyimide film of the present disclosure has two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, has an overall thickness of 5 μm or more and 200 μm or less, and has a total light transmittance of 85 measured according to JIS K7361-1. % Or more.
このような本開示のポリイミドフィルムについて図を参照して説明する。
図1は、本開示のポリイミドフィルムの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1に示す本開示のポリイミドフィルム10は、ポリイミド層1aとポリイミド層1a’との間にポリイミド層1bを有し、ポリイミド層1aとポリイミド層1a’は互いにヤング率が同一であり、ポリイミド層1bは、ポリイミド層1a及びポリイミド層1a’とはヤング率が異なる。
図2は、本開示のポリイミドフィルムの他の一例を示す概略断面図である。図2に示す本開示のポリイミドフィルム11は、ポリイミド層1aと、ポリイミド層1bとを有し、ポリイミド層1aとポリイミド層1bとは互いにヤング率が異なる。
Such a polyimide film of the present disclosure will be described with reference to the drawings.
FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a polyimide film of the present disclosure. A
FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating another example of the polyimide film of the present disclosure. A
なお、本開示において、ヤング率は、ポリイミドフィルムを厚さ方向に切断した試験片の断面を用いて、温度25℃で、ISO14577に準拠し、ナノインデンテーション法を用いて測定する。具体的には、測定装置は(株)フィッシャー・インストルメンツ製、PICODENTOR HM500を用い、測定圧子としてビッカース圧子を用いる。試験片断面の各層について、任意の点を8ヶ所測定して数平均して求めた値を各層のヤング率とする。なお、測定条件は、最大押込み深さ:1000nm、加重時間:20秒、クリープ時間:5秒とする。 In the present disclosure, the Young's modulus is measured using a nanoindentation method at a temperature of 25 ° C. according to ISO14577 using a cross section of a test piece obtained by cutting a polyimide film in the thickness direction. Specifically, PICODETOR® HM500 manufactured by Fisher Instruments Co., Ltd. is used as a measuring device, and a Vickers indenter is used as a measurement indenter. For each layer of the cross section of the test piece, the value obtained by measuring 8 arbitrary points and calculating the number average is taken as the Young's modulus of each layer. The measurement conditions are the maximum indentation depth: 1000 nm, weighted time: 20 seconds, and creep time: 5 seconds.
また、本開示において、ポリイミド層のヤング率が互いに異なるとは、ヤング率の差が0.3GPa以上であることをいい、ヤング率の差が0.3GPa未満の場合は、ポリイミド層のヤング率は互いに同一であるとする。 In the present disclosure, the fact that the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer is different means that the difference in Young's modulus is 0.3 GPa or more. If the difference in Young's modulus is less than 0.3 GPa, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer is Are the same as each other.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、前記JIS K7361-1に準拠して測定する全光線透過率が85%以上である。このように透過率が高いことから、透明性が良好になり、ガラス代替材料となり得る。前記JIS K7361-1に準拠して測定する全光線透過率は、更に88%以上であることが好ましく、より更に90%以上であることが好ましい。
JIS K7361-1に準拠して測定する全光線透過率は、例えば、ヘイズメーター(例えば村上色彩技術研究所製 HM150)により測定することができる。
In addition, the polyimide film of the present disclosure has a total light transmittance of 85% or more measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1. Thus, since the transmittance | permeability is high, transparency becomes favorable and it can become a glass substitute material. The total light transmittance measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1 is preferably 88% or more, and more preferably 90% or more.
The total light transmittance measured according to JIS K7361-1 can be measured by, for example, a haze meter (for example, HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory).
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいて耐衝撃性に優れ、屈曲耐性が良好な理由については、以下のように推定される。
屈曲耐性に優れる樹脂フィルムは、フィルムの厚みを厚くすることにより耐衝撃性を向上することができるが、フィルムの厚みが厚すぎると屈曲耐性が悪化してしまう。それに対し、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、ヤング率が互いに異なる2層以上のポリイミド層を有することにより、耐衝撃性に優れ、屈曲耐性も良好である。2層以上のポリイミド層のうち、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層は、比較的変形しにくく、耐衝撃性に優れる。一方で、相対的にヤング率が小さいポリイミド層は、比較的変形しやすく、屈曲耐性に優れる。本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、2層以上のポリイミド層のうち、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層が耐衝撃性を向上し、相対的にヤング率が小さいポリイミド層が屈曲耐性を向上することにより、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性とを両立していると考えられる。また、衝撃吸収という観点では、相対的にヤング率の高いポリイミド層は、衝突の力を面で拡散する傾向が強く、相対的にヤング率の低いポリイミド層は、衝突の力を時間で拡散する傾向が強い。本開示のポリイミドフィルムでは、このように衝突の力を拡散する作用が互いに異なるポリイミド層を組み合わせることにより、衝撃力の最大値を適度に拡散し、小さくすることができると推定され、それにより、耐衝撃性を更に向上していると考えられる。
The reason why the polyimide film of the present disclosure has excellent impact resistance and good bending resistance is estimated as follows.
A resin film having excellent bending resistance can improve impact resistance by increasing the thickness of the film. However, if the thickness of the film is too thick, bending resistance is deteriorated. On the other hand, the polyimide film of the present disclosure has two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, so that it has excellent impact resistance and bending resistance. Of the two or more polyimide layers, a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus is relatively difficult to deform and has excellent impact resistance. On the other hand, a polyimide layer having a relatively small Young's modulus is relatively easily deformed and has excellent bending resistance. In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, among two or more polyimide layers, a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus improves impact resistance, and a polyimide layer having a relatively small Young's modulus improves bending resistance. Therefore, it is considered that both impact resistance and bending resistance are compatible. In terms of shock absorption, a polyimide layer having a relatively high Young's modulus has a strong tendency to diffuse the collision force on the surface, and a polyimide layer having a relatively low Young's modulus diffuses the collision force over time. The tendency is strong. In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, it is estimated that the maximum value of impact force can be appropriately diffused and reduced by combining polyimide layers having different effects of diffusing collision force in this way, It is thought that the impact resistance is further improved.
以下、本開示のポリイミドフィルムについて詳細に説明する。
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、ヤング率が互いに異なる2層以上のポリイミド層を有し、全体厚みが5μm以上200μm以下であり、全光線透過率が85%以上である。本開示の効果が損なわれない限り、他の構成を有していても良い。
Hereinafter, the polyimide film of the present disclosure will be described in detail.
The polyimide film of the present disclosure has two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, has an overall thickness of 5 μm or more and 200 μm or less, and a total light transmittance of 85% or more. Other configurations may be provided as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired.
1.ポリイミドフィルムの構成
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、ヤング率が互いに異なる2層以上のポリイミド層が積層されているものであり、ヤング率が互いに異なる2層以上のポリイミド層を互いに隣接して有するものである。
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、図2に示すように、2層のポリイミド層を有するものであっても良いし、図1に示すように、3層のポリイミド層を有するものであっても良いし、図示はしないが、4層以上のポリイミド層を有するものであっても良い。
1. Configuration of Polyimide Film The polyimide film of the present disclosure is formed by laminating two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli and having two or more polyimide layers having different Young's moduli adjacent to each other. is there.
The polyimide film of the present disclosure may have two polyimide layers as shown in FIG. 2, or may have three polyimide layers as shown in FIG. Although not shown, it may have four or more polyimide layers.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、少なくとも2層のポリイミド層が互いにヤング率が異なるものであればよく、ヤング率が互いに同一である2層以上のポリイミド層を含むものであってもよい。中でも、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性を向上する点から、互いに隣接するポリイミド層が、ヤング率が互いに異なるポリイミド層であることが好ましく、隣接する層間で相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層と、相対的にヤング率が小さいポリイミド層とが、交互に積層されていることがより好ましい。 In addition, the polyimide film of the present disclosure may be one in which at least two polyimide layers have different Young's moduli, and may include two or more polyimide layers having the same Young's modulus. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance and bending resistance, the polyimide layers adjacent to each other are preferably polyimide layers having different Young's moduli, and relative to the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus between adjacent layers, In particular, it is more preferable that polyimide layers having a low Young's modulus are alternately laminated.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、3層以上のポリイミド層を有し、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が、少なくとも一方の表面に位置することが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましく、中でも、ポリイミド層の層数が3層以上で且つ奇数であり、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が一方の表面に位置し、当該ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層のヤング率が、もう一方の表面に位置するポリイミド層のヤング率の1.0倍以上1.2倍未満であることが好ましく、1.0倍以上1.1倍以下であることが、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性との点、及びフィルムの反りを抑制する点からより好ましい。
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、3層以上のポリイミド層を有し、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層が、表面に位置しないことが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましく、中でも、ポリイミド層の層数が3層以上で且つ奇数であり、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層が中央に位置することが好ましい。
一方で、2層のポリイミド層からなる本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性を向上しながら、薄膜化できる点から好ましい。2層のポリイミド層からなるポリイミドフィルムを表面材に用いる場合は、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層が表面側となるように用いることが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。2層のポリイミド層からなる本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいては、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性との点、及びフィルムの反りを抑制する点から、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層のヤング率が、相対的にヤング率が小さいポリイミド層のヤング率の1.2倍以上2.0倍以下であることが好ましい。
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、中でも、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性を向上する点から、ポリイミド層の層数が3層以上で且つ奇数であり、隣接する層間で相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層と、相対的にヤング率が小さいポリイミド層とが、交互に積層され、表面に位置するポリイミド層が、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層であることがより好ましく、更に、一方の表面に位置するポリイミド層と、もう一方の表面に位置するポリイミド層とが、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層であることがより好ましく、更に、中央に位置するポリイミド層が、ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層であることがより更に好ましい。
なお、本開示のポリイミドフィルムが有するポリイミド層の層数は、2層以上であれば特に限定はされないが、ポリイミドフィルムの薄膜化の観点及び製造が容易な点から、5層以下であることが好ましく、2層又は3層であることがより好ましい。中でも、相対的にヤング率が小さいポリイミド層の両面に当該ポリイミド層よりもヤング率が大きい層が位置する3層構成であることが、耐衝撃性の点から特に好ましい。
In addition, the polyimide film of the present disclosure has three or more polyimide layers, and the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is located on at least one surface. Among them, the number of polyimide layers is preferably 3 or more and an odd number. Among the polyimide layers, the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is located on one surface, and the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus The Young's modulus is preferably 1.0 times or more and less than 1.2 times the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer located on the other surface, and it is preferably 1.0 times or more and 1.1 times or less. It is more preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the warp of the film and the bending resistance.
In addition, the polyimide film of the present disclosure has three or more polyimide layers, and it is preferable from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance that the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is not located on the surface. Especially, it is preferable that the number of polyimide layers is three or more and an odd number, and the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is located in the center.
On the other hand, the polyimide film of this indication which consists of two polyimide layers is preferable from the point which can be reduced in thickness, improving impact resistance and bending resistance. When using a polyimide film composed of two polyimide layers as the surface material, it is preferable from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance that a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus is on the surface side. In the polyimide film of the present disclosure composed of two polyimide layers, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus is relatively high in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance, and suppressing warping of the film. In particular, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having a small Young's modulus is preferably 1.2 times or more and 2.0 times or less.
Among the polyimide films of the present disclosure, from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance and bending resistance, the number of polyimide layers is 3 or more and an odd number, and a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus between adjacent layers; More preferably, polyimide layers having relatively small Young's modulus are alternately laminated, and the polyimide layer located on the surface is a polyimide layer having relatively large Young's modulus, and is located on one surface. More preferably, the polyimide layer and the polyimide layer located on the other surface are polyimide layers having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers, and the polyimide layer located in the center has the smallest Young's modulus. More preferably, it is a polyimide layer.
The number of polyimide layers of the polyimide film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it is 2 or more, but it is 5 layers or less from the viewpoint of thinning the polyimide film and easy production. Preferably, it is 2 layers or 3 layers. Among these, a three-layer structure in which layers having a Young's modulus larger than that of the polyimide layer are located on both surfaces of a polyimide layer having a relatively small Young's modulus is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of impact resistance.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層のヤング率が、ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層のヤング率の1.2倍以上であることが好ましく、1.5倍以上であることがより好ましい。一方で、特に限定はされないが、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層のヤング率は、ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層のヤング率の4.0倍以下であることが好ましく、3.0倍以下であることがより好ましく、2.0倍以下であってもよい。
なお、本開示において、ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層のヤング率に対する、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層のヤング率の比は、JIS Z8401:1999の規則Bに従い、小数点以下第1位に丸めた値として求める。
In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, it is preferable that the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is 1.2 times or more of the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance. More preferably, it is 1.5 times or more. On the other hand, although not particularly limited, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is preferably 4.0 times or less, and 3.0 or less times that of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus. More preferably, it may be 2.0 times or less.
In the present disclosure, the ratio of the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus to the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus is a value rounded to the first decimal place according to the rule B of JIS Z8401: 1999. Asking.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムが3層以上のポリイミド層を有する場合は、一方の表面に位置するポリイミド層のヤング率と、もう一方の表面に位置するポリイミド層のヤング率との差が1.0GPa以内であることが、ポリイミドフィルムの反りを抑制する点から好ましく、0.5GPa以内であることがより好ましく、0.3GPa未満であることがより更に好ましい。 When the polyimide film of the present disclosure has three or more polyimide layers, the difference between the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer located on one surface and the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer located on the other surface is within 1.0 GPa It is preferable from the point which suppresses the curvature of a polyimide film, it is more preferable that it is less than 0.5 GPa, and it is still more preferable that it is less than 0.3 GPa.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムが有する各ポリイミド層のヤング率は、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から、各々2.0GPa以上であることが好ましく、3.0GPa以上であることがより好ましく、3.5GPa以上であることがより更に好ましく、一方、10.0GPa以下であることが好ましく、8.0GPa以下であることがより好ましく、7.0GPa以下であることがより更に好ましい。
中でも、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層のヤング率は、3.5GPa以上であることが好ましく、5.0GPa以上であることがより好ましく、6.0GPa以上であることがより更に好ましい。ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層のヤング率は、4.5GPa以下であることが好ましく、4.0GPa以下であることがより好ましい。
The Young's modulus of each polyimide layer included in the polyimide film of the present disclosure is preferably 2.0 GPa or more, more preferably 3.0 GPa or more, more preferably 3.5 GPa from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance. More preferably, it is preferably 10.0 GPa or less, more preferably 8.0 GPa or less, and even more preferably 7.0 GPa or less.
Among them, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is preferably 3.5 GPa or more, more preferably 5.0 GPa or more, and still more preferably 6.0 GPa or more. The Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus is preferably 4.5 GPa or less, and more preferably 4.0 GPa or less.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムが3層以上のポリイミド層を有する場合は、一方の表面に位置するポリイミド層と、もう一方の表面に位置するポリイミド層との、50℃から250℃の範囲での線熱膨張係数(CTE)の差が、10ppm/℃以内であることが、ポリイミドフィルムの反りを抑制する点から好ましく、5ppm/℃以内であることがより好ましく、2ppm/℃以内であることがより更に好ましい。
なお、各ポリイミド層の50℃から250℃の範囲での線熱膨張係数(CTE)は、各ポリイミド層と同じ材料、同じ条件で作製した単層のポリイミドフィルムを5mm×15mmに切り出した試験片に対して、熱機械分析装置(TMA)により、下記条件で試験片の伸び量を測定し、50℃から250℃の範囲での線熱膨張係数(CTE)を算出することにより求めることができる。
<CTE測定条件>
機種名:TMA-60、(株)島津製作所製
雰囲気ガス:窒素
ガス流量:50ml/min
初期荷重:9g
[温度プログラム]
窒素雰囲気下、30℃で10分間維持した後、加熱速度10℃/minで400℃まで昇温し、400℃のまま1分間維持する。
When the polyimide film of the present disclosure has three or more polyimide layers, the polyimide layer located on one surface and the polyimide layer located on the other surface are in the range of 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. The difference in coefficient of linear thermal expansion (CTE) is preferably within 10 ppm / ° C from the viewpoint of suppressing the warp of the polyimide film, more preferably within 5 ppm / ° C, and more preferably within 2 ppm / ° C. Even more preferred.
In addition, the linear thermal expansion coefficient (CTE) in the range of 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. of each polyimide layer is a test piece obtained by cutting out a single-layer polyimide film produced under the same material and under the same conditions as each polyimide layer to 5 mm × 15 mm. On the other hand, the elongation of the test piece is measured under the following conditions using a thermomechanical analyzer (TMA), and the coefficient of linear thermal expansion (CTE) in the range of 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. is calculated. .
<CTE measurement conditions>
Model name: TMA-60, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation Atmosphere gas: Nitrogen gas Flow rate: 50 ml / min
Initial load: 9g
[Temperature program]
After maintaining at 30 ° C. for 10 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature is raised to 400 ° C. at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min and maintained at 400 ° C. for 1 minute.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムが有する各ポリイミド層の50℃から250℃の範囲での線熱膨張係数(CTE)は、特に限定はされないが、耐熱性の点から、各々70ppm/℃以下であることが好ましく、60ppm/℃以下であることがより好ましく、50ppm/℃以下であることがより更に好ましい。 The linear thermal expansion coefficient (CTE) in the range of 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. of each polyimide layer of the polyimide film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, but may be 70 ppm / ° C. or less from the viewpoint of heat resistance. Preferably, it is 60 ppm / ° C. or less, more preferably 50 ppm / ° C. or less.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、全体厚みが5μm以上200μm以下であり、屈曲耐性及び耐衝撃性の点から、より好ましくは10μm以上180μm以下であり、より更に好ましくは40μm以上150μm以下であり、より更に好ましくは50μm以上120μm以下である。 The polyimide film of the present disclosure has an overall thickness of 5 μm or more and 200 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or more and 180 μm or less, more preferably 40 μm or more and 150 μm or less, and still more preferably from the viewpoint of bending resistance and impact resistance. Preferably they are 50 micrometers or more and 120 micrometers or less.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムが有する各ポリイミド層の厚さは特に限定はされないが、屈曲耐性及び耐衝撃性の点から、前記ポリイミド層のうち最も厚みの厚い層が、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層でないことが好ましい。 The thickness of each polyimide layer included in the polyimide film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of bending resistance and impact resistance, the thickest layer among the polyimide layers is not a polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus. It is preferable.
なお、本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいて、各ポリイミド層の厚みは、例えば走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)、透過型電子顕微鏡断面顕微鏡(TEM)、走査透過型電子顕微鏡(STEM)等の電子顕微鏡を用いて観察される厚み方向の断面から測定することができる。
互いに隣接するポリイミド層の境界に、各ポリイミド層の材料が混合したミキシング領域を有して界面が不明瞭な場合、ポリイミド層の厚みを求める際の境界は例えば以下のようにして決定することができる。互いに隣接する2層のポリイミド層に用いられる各材料のうち、最も違いが出やすい元素を選択して、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析法(TOF-SIMS)等による元素マッピングを行い、元素マッピングにおいて選択した元素の検出量が、前記ミキシング領域でない2つの領域の元素の検出量の平均値となる部分を、ポリイミド層の厚みを求める際の境界とする。前記ミキシング領域でない2つの領域の元素の検出量の平均値となる部分が厚みを有する領域の場合には、当該領域の厚み方向の中央部を、ポリイミド層の厚みを求める際の境界とする。
In the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the thickness of each polyimide layer is determined using an electron microscope such as a scanning electron microscope (SEM), a transmission electron microscope cross-sectional microscope (TEM), or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). It can be measured from the observed cross section in the thickness direction.
When the interface between the polyimide layers adjacent to each other has a mixing region where the materials of each polyimide layer are mixed and the interface is unclear, the boundary for determining the thickness of the polyimide layer can be determined, for example, as follows: it can. Select the element that makes the most difference from the materials used for the two adjacent polyimide layers, and perform element mapping by time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS). The portion where the detected amount of the element selected in (2) is the average value of the detected amounts of the elements in the two regions that are not the mixing region is defined as a boundary for determining the thickness of the polyimide layer. If the portion that is the average value of the detected amounts of elements in the two regions that are not the mixing region is a region having a thickness, the central portion in the thickness direction of the region is used as a boundary for determining the thickness of the polyimide layer.
なお、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、互いに隣接するポリイミド層の間にミキシング領域を有することが、層間密着性に優れ、干渉縞の発生を抑制する点、及び耐衝撃性を向上しやすい点から好ましい。 In addition, it is preferable that the polyimide film of the present disclosure has a mixing region between polyimide layers adjacent to each other because it is excellent in interlayer adhesion, suppresses generation of interference fringes, and easily improves impact resistance. .
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、屈曲耐性を向上する点から、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層の合計厚みが、ポリイミドフィルムの全体厚みの60%以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは50%以下であり、更に好ましくは40%以下であり、より更に好ましくは30%以下である。前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層の合計厚みは、耐衝撃性を向上する点から、ポリイミドフィルムの全体厚みの5%以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは10%以上である。
一方、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層の合計厚みが、ポリイミドフィルムの全体厚みの15%以上60%以下であると、屈曲耐性の低下を抑制しながら、耐衝撃性を向上できる点から好ましく、20%以上60%以下としてもよい。
In addition, in the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the total thickness of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is preferably 60% or less of the total thickness of the polyimide film from the viewpoint of improving bending resistance. Preferably it is 50% or less, More preferably, it is 40% or less, More preferably, it is 30% or less. Of the polyimide layers, the total thickness of the polyimide layers having the largest Young's modulus is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 10% or more of the total thickness of the polyimide film from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance.
On the other hand, in the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the total thickness of the polyimide layers having the largest Young's modulus among the polyimide layers is 15% or more and 60% or less of the total thickness of the polyimide film while suppressing a decrease in bending resistance. From the point that impact resistance can be improved, it may be 20% or more and 60% or less.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、屈曲耐性を向上する点から、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層(高ヤング率層)の合計厚みに対する、ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層(低ヤング率層)の合計厚みの比(低ヤング率層の合計厚み/高ヤング率層の合計厚み)が、1.0超過であることが好ましく、2.0以上であることがより好ましい。一方で、前記比(低ヤング率層の合計厚み/高ヤング率層の合計厚み)は、耐衝撃性の点から、20以下であることが好ましく、15以下であることがより好ましい。なお、屈曲耐性の低下を抑制する観点からは、前記比(低ヤング率層の合計厚み/高ヤング率層の合計厚み)は、0.6以上であることが好ましく、0.7以上であることがより好ましく、0.8以上であることがより更に好ましく、1.0以上であることが特に好ましい。 Moreover, the polyimide film of this indication is a polyimide layer (low Young's modulus) with the smallest Young's modulus with respect to the total thickness of the polyimide layer (high Young's modulus layer) with the largest Young's modulus among the said polyimide layers from the point which improves a bending tolerance. Ratio) (total thickness of low Young's modulus layer / total thickness of high Young's modulus layer) is preferably more than 1.0, more preferably 2.0 or more. On the other hand, the ratio (total thickness of low Young's modulus layer / total thickness of high Young's modulus layer) is preferably 20 or less, and more preferably 15 or less, from the viewpoint of impact resistance. From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in bending resistance, the ratio (the total thickness of the low Young's modulus layer / the total thickness of the high Young's modulus layer) is preferably 0.6 or more, and 0.7 or more. Is more preferably 0.8 or more, and particularly preferably 1.0 or more.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおいて、前記ポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層(低ヤング率層)の合計厚みは、特に限定はされないが、20μm以上120μm以下であることが好ましく、中でも、20μm以上70μm未満であると、屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。 Further, in the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the total thickness of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus (low Young's modulus layer) among the polyimide layers is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 μm or more and 120 μm or less, It is preferable from the point of bending tolerance that it is 20 micrometers or more and less than 70 micrometers.
2.ポリイミド層
本開示のポリイミドフィルムが有する各ポリイミド層は、少なくともポリイミドを含有し、本開示の効果を損なわない範囲において、更に必要に応じて、添加剤やポリイミド以外のその他の樹脂を含有していても良い。
2. Polyimide layer Each polyimide layer of the polyimide film of the present disclosure contains at least polyimide, and further contains additives and other resins other than polyimide, as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired. Also good.
(1)ポリイミド
ポリイミドは、テトラカルボン酸成分とジアミン成分とを反応させて得られるものである。テトラカルボン酸成分とジアミン成分の重合によってポリアミド酸を得てイミド化することが好ましい。イミド化は、熱イミド化で行っても、化学イミド化で行ってもよい。また、熱イミド化と化学イミド化とを併用した方法で製造することもできる。
(1) Polyimide A polyimide is obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic acid component with a diamine component. It is preferable to obtain imidization by obtaining a polyamic acid by polymerization of a tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component. The imidization may be performed by thermal imidization or chemical imidization. Moreover, it can also manufacture by the method which used thermal imidation and chemical imidization together.
テトラカルボン酸成分の具体例としては、テトラカルボン酸二無水物が好適に用いられ、シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ジシクロヘキサン-3,4,3’,4’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ピロメリット酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2’,3,3’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エーテル二無水物、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)スルホン二無水物、1,1-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)エタン二無水物、ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)メタン二無水物、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)メタン二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス(2,3-ジカルボキシフェニル)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン二無水物、1,3-ビス〔(3,4-ジカルボキシ)ベンゾイル〕ベンゼン二無水物、1,4-ビス〔(3,4-ジカルボキシ)ベンゾイル〕ベンゼン二無水物、2,2-ビス{4-〔4-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}プロパン二無水物、2,2-ビス{4-〔3-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}プロパン二無水物、ビス{4-〔4-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}ケトン二無水物、ビス{4-〔3-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}ケトン二無水物、4,4’-ビス〔4-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕ビフェニル二無水物、4,4’-ビス〔3-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕ビフェニル二無水物、ビス{4-〔4-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}ケトン二無水物、ビス{4-〔3-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}ケトン二無水物、ビス{4-〔4-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}スルホン二無水物、ビス{4-〔3-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}スルホン二無水物、ビス{4-〔4-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}スルフィド二無水物、ビス{4-〔3-(1,2-ジカルボキシ)フェノキシ〕フェニル}スルフィド二無水物、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物、3,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物、3,3’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,5,6-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,3,4-ベンゼンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,4,9,10-ペリレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-アントラセンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,7,8-フェナントレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられる。
これらのテトラカルボン酸二無水物は単独でも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。
As a specific example of the tetracarboxylic acid component, tetracarboxylic dianhydride is preferably used. Cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, dicyclohexane-3,4,3 ', 4 '-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3', 4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ', 3,3'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxy) Phenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarbo) Ciphenyl) sulfone dianhydride, 1,1-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ) Methane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3- Dicarboxyphenyl) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-bis [(3,4-dicarboxy) benzoyl] benzene dianhydride, 1,4-bis [(3,4-dicarboxy) benzoyl] benzene dianhydride, 2,2-bis {4- [4- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] phenyl} propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis { 4- [3- (1,2-Dicarbox Ii) phenoxy] phenyl} propane dianhydride, bis {4- [4- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] phenyl} ketone dianhydride, bis {4- [3- (1,2-dicarboxy) Phenoxy] phenyl} ketone dianhydride, 4,4′-bis [4- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] biphenyl dianhydride, 4,4′-bis [3- (1,2-dicarboxy) Phenoxy] biphenyl dianhydride, bis {4- [4- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] phenyl} ketone dianhydride, bis {4- [3- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] phenyl} Ketone dianhydride, bis {4- [4- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] phenyl} sulfone dianhydride, bis {4- [3- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] phenyl} sulfone Anhydride, {4- [4- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] phenyl} sulfide dianhydride, bis {4- [3- (1,2-dicarboxy) phenoxy] phenyl} sulfide dianhydride, 4, 4 '-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride, 3,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride, 3,3 '-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride, 2,3, 6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3 4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-anthracenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,7 , 8-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride and the like.
These tetracarboxylic dianhydrides can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
ジアミン成分の具体例としては、p-フェニレンジアミン、m-フェニレンジアミン、o-フェニレンジアミン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルフィド、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、3,4’-ジアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジアミノベンズアニリド、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、2,2-ジ(3-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ジ(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2-(3-アミノフェニル)-2-(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ジ(3-アミノフェニル)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ジ(4-アミノフェニル)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2-(3-アミノフェニル)-2-(4-アミノフェニル)-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,1-ジ(3-アミノフェニル)-1-フェニルエタン、1,1-ジ(4-アミノフェニル)-1-フェニルエタン、1-(3-アミノフェニル)-1-(4-アミノフェニル)-1-フェニルエタン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノベンゾイル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノ-α,α-ジメチルベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノ-α,α-ジメチルベンジル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノ-α,α-ジメチルベンジル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノ-α,α-ジメチルベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノ-α,α-ジトリフルオロメチルベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノ-α,α-ジトリフルオロメチルベンジル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(3-アミノ-α,α-ジトリフルオロメチルベンジル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノ-α,α-ジトリフルオロメチルベンジル)ベンゼン、2,6-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゾニトリル、2,6-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ピリジン、N,N’-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)テレフタルアミド、9,9-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)フルオレン、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジトリフルオロメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル(2,2-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン)、3,3’-ジクロロ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメトキシ-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ケトン、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ケトン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルフィド、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルフィド、 Specific examples of the diamine component include p-phenylenediamine, m-phenylenediamine, o-phenylenediamine, 3,3′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3 '-Diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfone 3,3′-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4′-diaminobenzophenone, 4,4′-diaminobenzanilide, 3,3′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3, 4 -Diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,2-di (3-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-di (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2- (3-aminophenyl) -2- (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2 , 2-di (3-aminophenyl) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, 2,2-di (4-aminophenyl) -1,1,1,3,3,3 -Hexafluoropropane, 2- (3-aminophenyl) -2- (4-aminophenyl) -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, 1,1-di (3-aminophenyl) -1-phenylethane, 1,1-di (4-aminophenyl) -1-phenylethane, 1- (3-aminophenyl) -1- (4-aminophenyl) -1-phenylethane, 1,3- Bis (3-aminophenoxy) , 1,3-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-amino) Benzoyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-aminobenzoyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (3-aminobenzoyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminobenzoyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (3 -Amino-α, α-dimethylbenzyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-amino-α, α-dimethylbenzyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (3-amino-α, α-dimethylbenzyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-amino-α, α-dimethylbenzyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (3-amino-α, α-ditrifluoromethylbenzyl) benzene, 1,3-bis (4-a No-α, α-ditrifluoromethylbenzyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (3-amino-α, α-ditrifluoromethylbenzyl) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-amino-α, α-ditrifluoro) Methylbenzyl) benzene, 2,6-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzonitrile, 2,6-bis (3-aminophenoxy) pyridine, N, N′-bis (4-aminophenyl) terephthalamide, 9,9 -Bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-ditrifluoromethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl (2,2-bis (trifluoro) Methyl) benzidine), 3,3′-dichloro-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3′-dimethoxy-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3 ′ Dimethyl-4,4′-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4′-bis (3-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, 4,4′-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] Ketone, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] ketone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfide, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfide,
ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]エーテル、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]エーテル、2,2-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、2,2-ビス[3-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]-1,1,1,3,3,3-ヘキサフルオロプロパン、1,3-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゾイル]ベンゼン、1,3-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゾイル]ベンゼン、1,4-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゾイル]ベンゼン、1,4-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゾイル]ベンゼン、1,3-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,3-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,4-ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、1,4-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)-α,α-ジメチルベンジル]ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゾイル]ジフェニルエーテル、4,4’-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェノキシ]ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス[4-(4-アミノ-α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェノキシ]ジフェニルスルホン、4,4’-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェノキシ]ジフェニルスルホン、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジフェノキシベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノ-4,4’-ジビフェノキシベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノ-4-フェノキシベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ジアミノ-4-ビフェノキシベンゾフェノン、6,6’-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)-3,3,3’,3’-テトラメチル-1,1’-スピロビインダン、6,6’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)-3,3,3’,3’-テトラメチル-1,1’-スピロビインダン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノブチル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、α,ω-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)ポリジメチルシロキサン、α,ω-ビス(3-アミノブチル)ポリジメチルシロキサン、ビス(アミノメチル)エーテル、ビス(2-アミノエチル)エーテル、ビス(3-アミノプロピル)エーテル、ビス(2-アミノメトキシ)エチル]エーテル、ビス[2-(2-アミノエトキシ)エチル]エーテル、ビス[2-(3-アミノプロトキシ)エチル]エーテル、 Bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] ether, bis [4- (4-amino Phenoxy) phenyl] ether, 2,2-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [3- (3-Aminophenoxy) phenyl] -1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] -1,1,1,3 3,3-hexafluoropropane, 1,3-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) benzoyl] benzene, 1,3-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) benzoyl] ben 1,4-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) benzoyl] benzene, 1,4-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) benzoyl] benzene, 1,3-bis [4- (3-amino Phenoxy) -α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 1,3-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 1,4-bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) -Α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 1,4-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) -α, α-dimethylbenzyl] benzene, 4,4'-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) benzoyl ] Diphenyl ether, 4,4′-bis [4- (4-amino-α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenoxy] benzophenone, 4,4′-bis [4- (4-amino-α, α-dimethylbenzen) ) Phenoxy] diphenylsulfone, 4,4′-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenoxy] diphenylsulfone, 3,3′-diamino-4,4′-diphenoxybenzophenone, 3,3′-diamino-4 , 4′-Dibiphenoxybenzophenone, 3,3′-diamino-4-phenoxybenzophenone, 3,3′-diamino-4-biphenoxybenzophenone, 6,6′-bis (3-aminophenoxy) -3,3 3 ′, 3′-tetramethyl-1,1′-spirobiindane, 6,6′-bis (4-aminophenoxy) -3,3,3 ′, 3′-tetramethyl-1,1′-spirobiindane, , 3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 1,3-bis (4-aminobutyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, α, ω-bis ( -Aminopropyl) polydimethylsiloxane, α, ω-bis (3-aminobutyl) polydimethylsiloxane, bis (aminomethyl) ether, bis (2-aminoethyl) ether, bis (3-aminopropyl) ether, bis ( 2-aminomethoxy) ethyl] ether, bis [2- (2-aminoethoxy) ethyl] ether, bis [2- (3-aminoprotoxy) ethyl] ether,
1,4-シクロヘキサンジアミン、trans-1,4-ビスメチレンシクロヘキサンジアミン(trans-1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン)、2,6-ビス(アミノメチル)ビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン、2,5-ビス(アミノメチル)ビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン、また、上記ジアミンの芳香族環上水素原子の一部若しくは全てをフルオロ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、トリフルオロメチル基、又はトリフルオロメトキシ基から選ばれる置換基で置換したジアミンも使用することができる。
これらのジアミンは単独でも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。
1,4-cyclohexanediamine, trans-1,4-bismethylenecyclohexanediamine (trans-1,4-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane), 2,6-bis (aminomethyl) bicyclo [2,2,1]
These diamines can be used alone or in admixture of two or more.
また、光透過性を向上し、且つ、耐衝撃性を向上する点から、前記2層以上のポリイミド層がそれぞれ、芳香族環を含み、且つ、(i)フッ素原子、(ii)脂肪族環、及び(iii)芳香族環同士をスルホニル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていても良いアルキレン基で連結した構造からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つを含むポリイミドを含有することが好ましい。ポリイミドに芳香族環を含むと配向性が高まり、剛性が向上するため、耐衝撃性が向上するが、芳香族環の吸収波長によって透過率が低下する傾向がある。
ポリイミドに(i)フッ素原子を含むとポリイミド骨格内の電子状態を電荷移動し難くすることができる点から光透過性が向上する。
ポリイミドに(ii)脂肪族環を含むと、ポリイミド骨格内のπ電子の共役を断ち切ることで骨格内の電荷の移動を阻害することができる点から光透過性が向上する。
ポリイミドに(iii)芳香族環同士をスルホニル基又はフッ素原子で置換されていても良いアルキレン基で連結した構造を含むと、ポリイミド骨格内のπ電子の共役を断ち切ることで骨格内の電荷の移動を阻害することができる点からの点から光透過性が向上する。
Further, from the viewpoint of improving light transmittance and improving impact resistance, the two or more polyimide layers each contain an aromatic ring, and (i) a fluorine atom and (ii) an aliphatic ring. And (iii) a polyimide containing at least one selected from the group consisting of a structure in which aromatic rings are connected to each other by a sulfonyl group or an alkylene group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom. If the polyimide contains an aromatic ring, the orientation is increased and the rigidity is improved, so that the impact resistance is improved, but the transmittance tends to decrease depending on the absorption wavelength of the aromatic ring.
When (i) a fluorine atom is contained in the polyimide, the light transmission is improved because the electronic state in the polyimide skeleton can be hardly transferred.
When (ii) an aliphatic ring is included in the polyimide, light transmittance is improved because the transfer of charges in the skeleton can be inhibited by breaking the π-electron conjugation in the polyimide skeleton.
When (iii) a structure in which aromatic rings are connected to each other by a sulfonyl group or an alkylene group which may be substituted with a fluorine atom is included in polyimide, the charge transfer in the skeleton is interrupted by breaking the π electron conjugation in the polyimide skeleton. The light transmittance is improved from the point that can be inhibited.
中でも、芳香族環を含み、且つフッ素原子を含むポリイミドが、光透過性を向上し、且つ、耐衝撃性を向上する点から好ましく用いられる。
ポリイミド中のフッ素原子の含有割合は、ポリイミド表面をX線光電子分光法により測定したフッ素原子数(F)と炭素原子数(C)の比率(F/C)が、0.01以上であることが好ましく、更に0.05以上であることが好ましい。一方でフッ素原子の含有割合が高すぎるとポリイミド本来の耐熱性などが低下する恐れがあることから、前記フッ素原子数(F)と炭素原子数(C)の比率(F/C)が1以下であることが好ましく、更に0.8以下であることが好ましい。
ここで、X線光電子分光法(XPS)の測定による上記比率は、X線光電子分光装置(例えば、Thermo Scientific社 Theta Probe)を用いて測定される各原子の原子%の値から求めることができる。
Among these, a polyimide containing an aromatic ring and containing a fluorine atom is preferably used in terms of improving light transmittance and improving impact resistance.
The content ratio of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is such that the ratio (F / C) of the number of fluorine atoms (F) and the number of carbon atoms (C) measured on the polyimide surface by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 0.01 or more. Is preferable, and more preferably 0.05 or more. On the other hand, if the fluorine atom content is too high, the inherent heat resistance of the polyimide may be lowered, so the ratio (F / C) of the number of fluorine atoms (F) to the number of carbon atoms (C) is 1 or less. Preferably, it is preferably 0.8 or less.
Here, the said ratio by the measurement of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) can be calculated | required from the value of atomic% of each atom measured using an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (for example, Thermo Scientific Thea Probe). .
また、前記ポリイミドは、耐衝撃性が向上する点から、テトラカルボン酸残基及びジアミン残基の合計を100モル%としたときに、芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸残基及び芳香族環を有するジアミン残基の合計が50モル%以上であることが好ましく、60モル%以上であることがより好ましく、75モル%以上であることがより更に好ましい。 In addition, the polyimide has a tetracarboxylic acid residue and an aromatic ring having an aromatic ring when the total of the tetracarboxylic acid residue and the diamine residue is 100 mol% from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance. The total of the diamine residues it has is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and even more preferably 75 mol% or more.
なお、本開示において、ポリイミド中の各繰り返し単位の含有割合、各テトラカルボン酸残基や各ジアミン残基の含有割合(モル%)は、ポリイミド製造時には仕込みの分子量から求めることができる。また、ポリイミド中の各テトラカルボン酸残基や各ジアミン残基の含有割合(モル%)は、サンプルを、アルカリ水溶液、又は、超臨界メタノールにより分解して得られるポリイミドの分解物について、高速液体クロマトグラフィー、ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析計、NMR、元素分析、XPS/ESCA、TOF-SIMS及び熱分解CG-MSを用いて求めることができる。 In addition, in this indication, the content rate of each repeating unit in a polyimide, and the content rate (mol%) of each tetracarboxylic acid residue or each diamine residue can be calculated | required from the molecular weight of preparation at the time of polyimide manufacture. In addition, the content ratio (mol%) of each tetracarboxylic acid residue and each diamine residue in the polyimide is a high-speed liquid for a decomposition product of polyimide obtained by decomposing a sample with an alkaline aqueous solution or supercritical methanol. It can be determined using chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS and pyrolysis CG-MS.
また、前記ポリイミドは、耐衝撃性と光透過性が向上する点から、テトラカルボン酸残基及びジアミン残基の少なくとも1つが、芳香族環とフッ素原子とを含むことが好ましく、更に、芳香族環とフッ素原子とを含むテトラカルボン酸残基、及び芳香族環とフッ素原子とを含むジアミン残基を有することが好ましい。
前記ポリイミドは、テトラカルボン酸残基及びジアミン残基の合計を100モル%としたときに、芳香族環及びフッ素原子を有するテトラカルボン酸残基及び芳香族環及びフッ素原子を有するジアミン残基の合計が50モル%以上であることが好ましく、60モル%以上であることがより好ましく、75モル%以上であることがより更に好ましい。
In addition, the polyimide preferably has at least one of a tetracarboxylic acid residue and a diamine residue containing an aromatic ring and a fluorine atom from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance and light transmittance. It preferably has a tetracarboxylic acid residue containing a ring and a fluorine atom, and a diamine residue containing an aromatic ring and a fluorine atom.
The polyimide has a tetracarboxylic acid residue having an aromatic ring and a fluorine atom and an aromatic ring and a diamine residue having a fluorine atom when the total of the tetracarboxylic acid residue and the diamine residue is 100 mol%. The total is preferably 50 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and even more preferably 75 mol% or more.
また、ポリイミドに含まれる炭素原子に結合する水素原子の50%以上が、芳香族環に直接結合する水素原子であるポリイミドであることが、光透過性を向上し、且つ、剛性を向上する点から好ましく用いられる。ポリイミドに含まれる炭素原子に結合する全水素原子(個数)中の、芳香族環に直接結合する水素原子(個数)の割合は、更に、60%以上であることが好ましく、より更に70%以上であることが好ましい。
ポリイミドに含まれる炭素原子に結合する水素原子の50%以上が、芳香族環に直接結合する水素原子であるポリイミドである場合には、大気中における加熱工程を経ても、例えば200℃以上で延伸を行っても、光学特性、特に全光線透過率や黄色度YI値の変化が少ない点から好ましい。ポリイミドに含まれる炭素原子に結合する水素原子の50%以上が、芳香族環に直接結合する水素原子であるポリイミドである場合には、酸素との反応性が低いため、ポリイミドの化学構造が変化し難いことが推定される。ポリイミドフィルムはその高い耐熱性を利用し、加熱を伴う加工工程が必要なデバイスなどに用いられる場合が多いが、ポリイミドに含まれる炭素原子に結合する水素原子の50%以上が、芳香族環に直接結合する水素原子であるポリイミドである場合には、これら後工程を透明性維持のために不活性雰囲気下で実施する必要が生じないので、設備コストや雰囲気制御にかかる費用を抑制できるというメリットがある。
ここで、ポリイミドに含まれる炭素原子に結合する全水素原子(個数)中の、芳香族環に直接結合する水素原子(個数)の割合は、ポリイミドの分解物を高速液体クロマトグラフィー、ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析計及びNMRを用いて求めることができる。例えば、サンプルを、アルカリ水溶液、又は、超臨界メタノールにより分解し、得られたポリイミドの分解物を、高速液体クロマトグラフィーで分離し、当該分離した各ピークの定性分析をガスクロマトグラフ質量分析計及びNMR等を用いて行い、高速液体クロマトグラフィーを用いて定量することで、ポリイミドに含まれる全水素原子(個数)中の、芳香族環に直接結合する水素原子(個数)の割合を求めることができる。
In addition, it is a polyimide in which 50% or more of hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms contained in polyimide are hydrogen atoms bonded directly to an aromatic ring, thereby improving light transmittance and improving rigidity. Are preferably used. The proportion of hydrogen atoms (number) directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the total hydrogen atoms (number) bonded to carbon atoms contained in the polyimide is preferably 60% or more, and more preferably 70% or more. It is preferable that
When 50% or more of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide is a polyimide that is a hydrogen atom directly bonded to the aromatic ring, the film is stretched at, for example, 200 ° C. or higher even after a heating step in the atmosphere. Is preferable from the viewpoint of little change in optical characteristics, particularly total light transmittance and yellowness YI value. When polyimide is a polyimide in which 50% or more of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide are hydrogen atoms directly bonded to the aromatic ring, the chemical structure of the polyimide changes due to low reactivity with oxygen. It is estimated that it is difficult. Polyimide film uses its high heat resistance and is often used in devices that require processing steps involving heating, but more than 50% of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide are in the aromatic ring. In the case of polyimide, which is a hydrogen atom that is directly bonded, there is no need to carry out these subsequent processes in an inert atmosphere in order to maintain transparency, so that the cost of equipment costs and atmospheric control can be suppressed. There is.
Here, the ratio of the hydrogen atoms (number) directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the total hydrogen atoms (number) bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide is determined by high-performance liquid chromatography or gas chromatography mass of the polyimide decomposition product. It can be determined using an analyzer and NMR. For example, the sample is decomposed with an alkaline aqueous solution or supercritical methanol, and the resulting polyimide decomposition product is separated by high performance liquid chromatography, and the qualitative analysis of each separated peak is performed by a gas chromatograph mass spectrometer and NMR. The ratio of hydrogen atoms (numbers) directly bonded to the aromatic ring in the total hydrogen atoms (numbers) contained in the polyimide can be determined by performing quantitative analysis using high performance liquid chromatography. .
また、本開示に用いられるポリイミドとしては、互いに隣接するポリイミド層同士の密着性、及びポリイミドフィルム上に更にハードコート層等の別の層を積層する場合の層間密着性を向上する観点から、ケイ素原子を含むポリイミドを好ましく用いることができる。また、ケイ素原子を含むポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層は、隣接するポリイミド層との間に前記ミキシング領域を形成しやすいことにより、層間密着性を向上し、干渉縞の発生を抑制する点からも好ましい。また、ポリイミドフィルムがケイ素原子を含むポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層を有すると、耐衝撃性を向上しやすい点からも好ましい。
本開示に用いられるケイ素原子を含むポリイミドとしては、中でも、ケイ素原子を有するジアミン残基を、ジアミン残基の総量100モル%のうち、好ましくは1モル%以上50モル%以下、より好ましくは2.5モル%以上40モル%以下、より更に好ましくは5モル%以上30モル%以下の割合で含むポリイミドが好適に用いられる。
In addition, as a polyimide used in the present disclosure, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between adjacent polyimide layers, and interlayer adhesion when another layer such as a hard coat layer is further laminated on the polyimide film, silicon A polyimide containing an atom can be preferably used. Moreover, the polyimide layer containing the polyimide containing a silicon atom is preferable also from the point which improves interlayer adhesiveness and suppresses generation | occurrence | production of an interference fringe by being easy to form the said mixing area | region between adjacent polyimide layers. . Moreover, when the polyimide film has a polyimide layer containing a polyimide containing silicon atoms, it is also preferable from the viewpoint of easily improving impact resistance.
As the polyimide containing a silicon atom used in the present disclosure, a diamine residue having a silicon atom is preferably 1 mol% or more and 50 mol% or less, more preferably 2 mol, out of a total amount of diamine residues of 100 mol%. A polyimide containing 5 mol% or more and 40 mol% or less, more preferably 5 mol% or more and 30 mol% or less is preferably used.
ケイ素原子を有するジアミン残基としては、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基が好ましい。
主鎖にケイ素原子を1個有するジアミンとしては、例えば、下記一般式(A)で表されるジアミンが挙げられる。また、主鎖にケイ素原子を2個有するジアミンとしては、例えば、下記一般式(B)で表されるジアミンが挙げられる。
The diamine residue having a silicon atom is preferably a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain.
Examples of the diamine having one silicon atom in the main chain include diamines represented by the following general formula (A). Moreover, as a diamine which has two silicon atoms in a principal chain, the diamine represented by the following general formula (B) is mentioned, for example.
前記一般式(A)及び前記一般式(B)において、複数あるL、R10、及びR11はそれぞれ同一でも異なっていても良い。
R10で表される1価の炭化水素基としては、炭素数1以上20以下のアルキル基、アリール基、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖状又は分岐状と環状の組合せであっても良い。
炭素数1以上20以下のアルキル基としては、炭素数1以上10以下のアルキル基であることが好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基等が挙げられる。前記環状のアルキル基としては、炭素数3以上10以下のシクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。前記アリール基としては、炭素数6以上12以下のアリール基であることが好ましく、具体的には、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられる。また、R10で表される1価の炭化水素基としては、アラルキル基であっても良く、例えば、ベンジル基、フェニルエチル基、フェニルプロピル基等が挙げられる。
酸素原子又は窒素原子を含んでいても良い炭化水素基としては、例えば後述する2価の炭化水素基と前記1価の炭化水素基とをエーテル結合、カルボニル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、及びイミノ結合(-NH-)の少なくとも1つで結合した基が挙げられる。
R10で表される1価の炭化水素基が有していても良い置換基としては、本開示の効果が損なわれない範囲で特に限定されず、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子等のハロゲン原子、水酸基等が挙げられる。
In the general formula (A) and the general formula (B), a plurality of L, R 10 , and R 11 may be the same or different.
Examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group, and combinations thereof. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be linear or a combination of branched and cyclic.
The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, Examples thereof include t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group and the like. The cyclic alkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group. Further, the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 may be an aralkyl group, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group, and a phenylpropyl group.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group that may contain an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom include an ether bond, a carbonyl bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, and an imino bond between a divalent hydrocarbon group described later and the monovalent hydrocarbon group. And a group bonded with at least one bond (—NH—).
The substituent that the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 may have is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired. For example, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom And a hydroxyl group.
R10で表される1価の炭化水素基としては、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から、炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基、又は炭素数6以上10以下のアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基としては、メチル基であることがより好ましく、前記炭素数6以上10以下のアリール基としては、フェニル基であることがより好ましい。 The monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance. More preferably, it is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferably a methyl group, and the aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferably a phenyl group.
R11で表される2価の炭化水素基としては、炭素数1以上20以下のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、及びこれらの組み合わせの基が挙げられる。アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖状又は分岐状と環状の組合せであっても良い。
炭素数1以上20以下のアルキレン基としては、炭素数1以上10以下のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、各種プロピレン基、各種ブチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基等の直鎖状又は分岐状アルキレン基と環状アルキレン基との組合せの基などを挙げることができる。
前記アリーレン基としては、炭素数6以上12以下のアリーレン基であることが好ましく、アリーレン基としては、フェニレン基、ビフェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられ、更に後述する芳香族環に対する置換基を有していても良い。
酸素原子又は窒素原子を含んでいても良い2価の炭化水素基としては、前記2価の炭化水素基同士をエーテル結合、カルボニル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、及びイミノ結合(-NH-)の少なくとも1つで結合した基が挙げられる。
R11で表される2価の炭化水素基が有していても良い置換基としては、前記R10で表される1価の炭化水素基が有していても良い置換基と同様であって良い。
Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 11 include an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylene group, and a combination thereof. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and may be linear or a combination of branched and cyclic.
The alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, a linear chain such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, various propylene groups, various butylene groups, or a cyclohexylene group. And a combination of a linear or branched alkylene group and a cyclic alkylene group.
The arylene group is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, and a naphthylene group, and further have a substituent for an aromatic ring described later. You may do it.
As the divalent hydrocarbon group which may contain an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, the divalent hydrocarbon groups may be ether bonds, carbonyl bonds, ester bonds, amide bonds, and imino bonds (—NH—). A group bonded with at least one is exemplified.
The substituent that the divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 11 may have is the same as the substituent that the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 10 may have. Good.
R11で表される2価の炭化水素基としては、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から、炭素数1以上6以下のアルキレン基、又は炭素数6以上10以下のアリーレン基であることが好ましく、更に、炭素数2以上4以下のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、当該アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐状であることが好ましい。 The divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 11 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance. Furthermore, an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and the alkylene group is preferably linear or branched.
主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミンとしては、中でも、ケイ素原子を2個有するジアミンが、光透過性の点、及び耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましく、更に、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノブチル)テトラメチルジシロキサン、1,3-ビス(5-アミノペンチル)テトラメチルジシロキサン等が、入手容易性や光透過性と耐衝撃性の両立の観点から好ましい。 Among the diamines having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain, among them, diamines having two silicon atoms are preferable from the viewpoints of light transmittance, impact resistance and bending resistance. -Bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 1,3-bis (4-aminobutyl) tetramethyldisiloxane, 1,3-bis (5-aminopentyl) tetramethyldisiloxane are readily available And light transmittance and impact resistance are preferred.
耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基の分子量は、1000以下であることが好ましく、800以下であることがより好ましく、500以下であることがより更に好ましく、300以下であることが特に好ましい。
主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基は単独でも、2種以上を混合して用いることもできる。
From the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance, the molecular weight of the diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is preferably 1000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and 500 or less. Is still more preferable, and it is especially preferable that it is 300 or less.
The diamine residues having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、ポリイミドフィルムが有する全てのポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が、下記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有することが、光透過性と耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性との点から好ましい。 Moreover, the polyimide film of this indication contains the polyimide which has the structure represented by following General formula (1) in which the polyimide layer with the largest Young's modulus among all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has is light-transmitting. Is preferable from the viewpoints of heat resistance, impact resistance and bending resistance.
前記一般式(1)のR1は、中でも、ピロメリット酸二無水物残基が、耐衝撃性を向上する点から好ましい。
前記一般式(1)のR2は、中でも、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン残基、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン残基、及び、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン残基から選択される少なくとも1種の2価の基であることが、光透過性と、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましく、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン残基であることがより好ましい。
Among these, R 1 in the general formula (1) is preferably a pyromellitic dianhydride residue from the viewpoint of improving impact resistance.
R 2 in the general formula (1) includes, among others, a 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine residue, a bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, and a bis [4- It is preferably at least one divalent group selected from (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residues from the viewpoints of light transmittance, impact resistance and bending resistance, and 2,2′-bis More preferably, it is a (trifluoromethyl) benzidine residue.
前記一般式(1)で表される構造において、nは繰り返し単位数を表し、1以上である。
ポリイミドにおける繰り返し単位数nは、所望のヤング率を示すように、構造に応じて適宜選択されれば良く、特に限定されないが、通常10以上2000以下であり、更に15以上1000以下であることが好ましい。
なお、各繰り返し単位におけるR1は各々同一であっても異なっていても良く、各繰り返し単位におけるR2は各々同一であっても異なっていても良い。
In the structure represented by the general formula (1), n represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.
The number of repeating units n in the polyimide may be appropriately selected according to the structure so as to exhibit a desired Young's modulus, and is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 or more and 2000 or less, and further 15 or more and 1000 or less. preferable.
Incidentally, R 1 in the repeating units may be different from each be the same, R 2 may each be different even if the same in each repeating unit.
前記ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が含有する全てのポリイミドのうち、前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドの含有割合は、光透過性と耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性との点から、60質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、100質量%であることがより更に好ましい。
なお、本開示に用いられるポリイミドは、前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを1種又は2種以上含有することができる。
The content ratio of the polyimide having the structure represented by the general formula (1) among all the polyimides contained in the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is from the viewpoint of light transmittance, impact resistance, and bending resistance. 60% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, still more preferably 90% by mass or more, and even more preferably 100% by mass.
In addition, the polyimide used for this indication can contain 1 type, or 2 or more types of polyimide which has a structure represented by the said General formula (1).
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、ポリイミドフィルムが有する全てのポリイミド層のうちヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有し、且つ、下記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層を更に有することが、光透過性と耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性との点から好ましい。すなわち、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層とは異なるポリイミド層が、下記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有することが好ましい。 Moreover, the polyimide film of this indication contains the polyimide which has the structure where the polyimide layer with the largest Young's modulus among all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has is represented by the said General formula (1), and the following general formula It is preferable to further have a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a structure represented by (2) in terms of light transmittance, impact resistance, and bending resistance. That is, it is preferable that the polyimide layer different from the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus contains a polyimide having a structure represented by the following general formula (2).
前記一般式(2)のR3は、上述したテトラカルボン酸成分の中から、芳香族環を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物構造を除いた残基、又は、脂肪族環を有するテトラカルボン酸二無水物から酸二無水物構造を除いた残基を適宜選択することができ、特に限定はされないが、中でも、光透過性と耐衝撃性の点から、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基、3,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基、3,3’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物残基、及び、3,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物残基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の4価の基であることがより好ましく、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基、3,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基及び3,3’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基なる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の4価の基であることがより更に好ましい。 R 3 in the general formula (2) is a residue obtained by removing an acid dianhydride structure from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride having an aromatic ring from the above-described tetracarboxylic acid components, or an aliphatic ring. Residues obtained by removing the acid dianhydride structure from the tetracarboxylic dianhydride possessed can be selected as appropriate, and are not particularly limited. Among these, 4,4′-, from the viewpoint of light transmittance and impact resistance (Hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, 3,4 '-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, 3,3'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, 4 More preferably, it is at least one tetravalent group selected from the group consisting of, 4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride residue and 3,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride residue, (Hexafluoroi At least selected from the group consisting of sopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, 3,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue and 3,3 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue It is still more preferable that it is one kind of tetravalent group.
前記R3としては、ピロメリット酸二無水物残基、3,3’,4,4’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物残基、及び、2,2’,3,3’-ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物残基からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種のような剛直性を向上するのに適したテトラカルボン酸残基群(グループA)と、シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸二無水物残基、シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物残基、ジシクロヘキサン-3,4,3’,4’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物残基、シクロブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物残基、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基、3,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基、3,3’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基、4,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物残基、及び、3,4’-オキシジフタル酸無水物残基からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種のような光透過性を向上するのに適したテトラカルボン酸残基群(グループB)とを混合して用いることも好ましい。この場合、前記剛直性を向上するのに適したテトラカルボン酸残基群(グループA)と、光透過性を向上するのに適したテトラカルボン酸残基群(グループB)との含有比率は、光透過性を向上するのに適したテトラカルボン酸残基群(グループB)1モルに対して、前記剛直性を向上するのに適したテトラカルボン酸残基群(グループA)が0.05モル以上9モル以下であることが好ましく、更に0.1モル以上5モル以下であることが好ましく、より更に0.3モル以上4モル以下であることが好ましい。
中でも、前記グループBとしては、フッ素原子を含む、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基、及び3,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物残基の少なくとも一種を用いることが、耐衝撃性と光透過性の向上の点から好ましい。
前記R3が、前記グループAのテトラカルボン酸残基を含む場合は、前記一般式(2)のR4が、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基を含むことが、屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。
前記R3において、これらの好適な残基を合計で、50モル%以上含むことが好ましく、更に70モル%以上含むことが好ましく、より更に90モル%以上含むことが好ましい。
Examples of R 3 include pyromellitic dianhydride residue, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, and 2,2 ′, 3,3′-biphenyltetracarboxylic acid. A group of tetracarboxylic acid residues (group A) suitable for improving rigidity such as at least one selected from the group consisting of acid dianhydride residues, cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride residues, cyclohexane Pentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, dicyclohexane-3,4,3 ′, 4′-tetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride residue, 4,4 ′-(hexafluoro Isopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, 3,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, 3,3 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residue, Tetracarboxylic acid suitable for improving light transmittance such as at least one selected from the group consisting of 4,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride residue and 3,4′-oxydiphthalic anhydride residue It is also preferable to use a mixture of the residue group (group B). In this case, the content ratio of the tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group A) suitable for improving the rigidity and the tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group B) suitable for improving light transmittance is , 1 mol of tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group B) suitable for improving light transmittance is 0.4% of tetracarboxylic acid residue group (group A) suitable for improving rigidity. It is preferably from 05 mol to 9 mol, more preferably from 0.1 mol to 5 mol, and still more preferably from 0.3 mol to 4 mol.
Among them, the group B includes 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residues and 3,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride residues containing fluorine atoms. It is preferable to use at least one kind from the viewpoint of improvement in impact resistance and light transmittance.
When the R 3 includes a tetracarboxylic acid residue of the group A, R 4 of the general formula (2) includes a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain. It is preferable from the point of bending resistance.
In R 3 , these suitable residues are preferably contained in a total amount of 50 mol% or more, more preferably 70 mol% or more, and even more preferably 90 mol% or more.
前記一般式(2)のR4において、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基の含有割合は、R4の総量の50モル%以下であれば特に限定はされず、含有しなくてもよいが、層間密着性を向上し、干渉縞の発生を抑制する点、及び耐衝撃性を向上しやすい点から、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基を1モル%以上50モル%以下含有することが好ましく、2.5モル%以上40モル%以下含有することがより好ましい。
主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基としては、例えば、上述した主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミンから2つのアミノ基を除いた残基を挙げることができる。中でも、ケイ素原子を2個有するジアミン残基であることが、光透過性の点、及び耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましく、更に、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン残基、1,3-ビス(4-アミノブチル)テトラメチルジシロキサン残基、1,3-ビス(5-アミノペンチル)テトラメチルジシロキサン残基等が、入手容易性や光透過性と耐衝撃性の両立の観点から好ましい。
In R 4 of the general formula (2), the content ratio of the diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is not particularly limited as long as it is 50 mol% or less of the total amount of R 4. However, a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain from the viewpoint of improving interlayer adhesion, suppressing generation of interference fringes, and easily improving impact resistance. It is preferable to contain 1 mol% or more and 50 mol% or less, and it is more preferable to contain 2.5 mol% or more and 40 mol% or less.
Examples of the diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain include residues obtained by removing two amino groups from the diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain described above. . Among them, a diamine residue having two silicon atoms is preferable from the viewpoint of light transmittance, impact resistance and bending resistance, and moreover, 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldimethyl. Siloxane residues, 1,3-bis (4-aminobutyl) tetramethyldisiloxane residues, 1,3-bis (5-aminopentyl) tetramethyldisiloxane residues, and the like are easily available and light transmissive. It is preferable from the viewpoint of both impact resistance.
前記R4は、R4の総量のうち、前記主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基を除いた残りのR4が、ケイ素原子を有さず、芳香族環又は脂肪族環を有するジアミン残基であり、前記残りのR4のうちの半分よりも多くが、1,4-シクロヘキサンジアミン残基、trans-1,4-ビスメチレンシクロヘキサンジアミン残基(trans-1,4-ビス(アミノメチル)シクロヘキサン残基)、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン残基、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン残基、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン残基、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン残基、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン残基、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン残基、及び前記一般式(3)で表される2価の基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基(以下「前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基」という場合がある)である。
すなわち、R4の総量(100モル%)のうち、前記主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基をxモル%(0≦x≦50)とすると、R4の(100-x)モル%である50モル%以上100モル%以下が、ケイ素原子を有さず、芳香族環又は脂肪族環を有するジアミン残基であり、R4の{(100-x)/2}モル%超過が、前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基である。中でも、前記残りのR4のうちの前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基の割合、すなわち、前記ケイ素原子を有さず、芳香族環又は脂肪族環を有するジアミン残基の総量を100モル%としたときの前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基の割合は、表面硬度と耐衝撃性の点及び光透過性の点から、70モル%以上であることが好ましく、85モル%以上であることがより好ましく、95モル%以上であることがより更に好ましい。なお、R4は、前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基とは異なる、ケイ素原子を有さず、芳香族環又は脂肪族環を有する他のジアミン残基を含有していても良い。
ここで、ケイ素原子を有さず芳香族環を有するジアミン残基は、ケイ素原子を有さず芳香族環を有するジアミンから2つのアミノ基を除いた残基とすることができ、ケイ素原子を有さず脂肪族環を有するジアミン残基は、ケイ素原子を有さず脂肪族環を有するジアミンから2つのアミノ基を除いた残基とすることができる。前記R4が含んでいても良い、前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基とは異なる、ケイ素原子を有さず、芳香族環又は脂肪族環を有するジアミン残基に用いられるジアミンとしては、例えば、上述したジアミンの中から、ケイ素原子を有さず、芳香族環又は脂肪族環を有するジアミンを適宜選択して用いることができ、特に限定はされない。
Wherein R 4 is of the total amount of R 4, the backbone remaining R 4 to a silicon atom by removing one or two with the diamine residues may not have a silicon atom, an aromatic ring or an aliphatic A diamine residue having a ring, and more than half of the remaining R 4 is 1,4-cyclohexanediamine residue, trans-1,4-bismethylenecyclohexanediamine residue (trans-1,4 -Bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane residue), 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone residue, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone residue, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane residue, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoro At least one divalent group selected from the group consisting of a lopan residue and a divalent group represented by the general formula (3) (hereinafter, “at least one divalent group selected from the above group”). It may be said).
That is, of the total amount of R 4 (100 mol%), a diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain When x mol% (0 ≦ x ≦ 50), the R 4 (100- x) 50% by mole or more and 100% by mole or less, which is mol%, is a diamine residue having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring, and {(100−x) / 2} of R 4 More than mol% is at least one divalent group selected from the above group. Among them, the proportion of at least one divalent group selected from the group of the remaining R 4 , that is, the total amount of diamine residues having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. The proportion of at least one divalent group selected from the above group when the amount is 100 mol% is preferably 70 mol% or more from the viewpoint of surface hardness, impact resistance and light transmittance. More preferably, it is 85 mol% or more, and still more preferably 95 mol% or more. R 4 may be different from at least one divalent group selected from the above group, and may contain other diamine residues having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. good.
Here, the diamine residue having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring can be a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring. The diamine residue having no aliphatic ring and having an aliphatic ring can be a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from a diamine having no silicon atom and having an aliphatic ring. The diamine used for the diamine residue which does not have a silicon atom but has an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring, which is different from at least one divalent group selected from the above group, which R 4 may contain For example, a diamine having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring can be appropriately selected from the diamines described above, and is not particularly limited.
前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基としては、中でも、耐衝撃性と光透過性の点から、trans-1,4-ビスメチレンシクロヘキサンジアミン残基、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン残基、3,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン残基、ビス[4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン残基、ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン残基、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン残基、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン残基、及び前記一般式(3)で表される2価の基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基であることが好ましく、前記一般式(3)で表される2価の基であることがより好ましい。前記一般式(3)で表される2価の基としては、中でも、R5及びR6がパーフルオロアルキル基であることがより好ましく、中でも、炭素数1以上3以下のパーフルオロアルキル基が好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基又はパーフルオロエチル基であることがより好ましい。また、前記一般式(3)中のR5及びR6におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1以上3以下のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。 The at least one divalent group selected from the above group includes, among others, a trans-1,4-bismethylenecyclohexanediamine residue, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylsulfone from the viewpoint of impact resistance and light transmittance. Residue, 3,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone residue, bis [4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone residue, 2,2- At least selected from the group consisting of a bis (4-aminophenyl) propane residue, a 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane residue, and a divalent group represented by the general formula (3) One type of divalent group is preferable, and a divalent group represented by the general formula (3) is more preferable. Among the divalent groups represented by the general formula (3), it is more preferable that R 5 and R 6 are perfluoroalkyl groups, and among these, a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable. Preferably, it is a trifluoromethyl group or a perfluoroethyl group. The alkyl group in R 5 and R 6 in the general formula (3) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムの耐衝撃性を向上し、光透過性を向上する点から、前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基は、R4の総量のうち、50モル%以上であることが好ましく、特に、R4の総量のうち前記主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミン残基を除いた残りのR4全てが前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基であることが好ましい。 Further, to improve the impact resistance of the polyimide film of the present disclosure, from the viewpoint of improving optical transparency of at least one divalent radical selected from the group of the total amount of R 4, at least 50 mol% is preferably, in particular, at least one divalent remaining R 4 all but diamine residue having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain of the total amount of R 4 is selected from the group The group is preferably.
前記R4が、前記群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の2価の基とは異なる、ケイ素原子を有さず、芳香族環又は脂肪族環を有するジアミン残基を含有する場合、その含有割合は、特に限定はされないが、耐衝撃性及び光透過性の点から、R4の総量(100モル%)のうち、30モル%以下であることが好ましく、20モル%以下であることがより好ましく、10モル%以下であることがより更に好ましい。 When the R 4 is different from at least one divalent group selected from the above group and contains a diamine residue having no silicon atom and having an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring, the content ratio is Although not particularly limited, from the viewpoint of impact resistance and light transmittance, the total amount of R 4 (100 mol%) is preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less. More preferably, it is 10 mol% or less.
前記一般式(2)で表される構造において、n’は繰り返し単位数を表し、1以上である。
ポリイミドにおける繰り返し単位数n’は、所望のヤング率を示すように、構造に応じて適宜選択されれば良く、特に限定されないが、通常10以上2000以下であり、更に15以上1000以下であることが好ましい。
なお、各繰り返し単位におけるR3は各々同一であっても異なっていても良く、各繰り返し単位におけるR4は各々同一でも異なっていても良い。
In the structure represented by the general formula (2), n ′ represents the number of repeating units and is 1 or more.
The number of repeating units n ′ in the polyimide may be appropriately selected according to the structure so as to exhibit a desired Young's modulus, and is not particularly limited, but is usually 10 or more and 2000 or less, and further 15 or more and 1000 or less. Is preferred.
In addition, R 3 in each repeating unit may be the same or different, and R 4 in each repeating unit may be the same or different.
前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層において、当該ポリイミドの含有割合は、光透過性と耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性との点から、60質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、100質量%であることがより更に好ましい。
なお、本開示に用いられるポリイミドは、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを1種又は2種以上含有することができる。
In the polyimide layer containing the polyimide having the structure represented by the general formula (2), the content ratio of the polyimide is 60% by mass or more from the viewpoint of light transmittance, impact resistance, and bending resistance. Is preferably 80% by mass or more, more preferably 90% by mass or more, and even more preferably 100% by mass.
In addition, the polyimide used for this indication can contain 1 type (s) or 2 or more types of polyimide which has a structure represented by the said General formula (2).
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層を有することが、光透過性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましく、耐衝撃性の点からも好ましい。耐衝撃性をより向上する観点からは、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が、前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有し、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有しないことにより、耐衝撃性を更に向上することができるが、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層であってもよく、ポリイミドフィルムが有する全てのポリイミド層が、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層であってもよい。 In addition, the polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a structure represented by the general formula (2) from the viewpoint of light transmittance and bending resistance, and from the viewpoint of impact resistance. Is also preferable. From the viewpoint of further improving impact resistance, the polyimide film of the present disclosure contains a polyimide layer having a polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus and having a structure represented by the general formula (1). The impact resistance can be further improved by not containing the polyimide having the structure represented by the formula (2), but the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is the polyimide having the structure represented by the general formula (2). The polyimide layer containing a polyimide may be sufficient as all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has, and the polyimide layer containing the polyimide which has a structure represented by the said General formula (2) may be sufficient as it.
ポリイミドフィルムが有する全てのポリイミド層のうち、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有し、且つ、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層を更に有するポリイミドフィルムにおいては、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層の合計厚みが、ポリイミドフィルムの全体厚みの5%以上60%以下であることが、屈曲耐性及び耐衝撃性の点から好ましい。
ポリイミドフィルムが有する全てのポリイミド層が、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層であるポリイミドフィルムにおいては、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層の合計厚みが、ポリイミドフィルムの全体厚みの5%以上30%以下であることが、屈曲耐性及び耐衝撃性の点から好ましく、5%以上20%以下であることがより好ましく、5%以上15%以下であることがより更に好ましい。
Of all the polyimide layers possessed by the polyimide film, the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus contains a polyimide having a structure represented by the general formula (1), and the structure represented by the general formula (2) In the polyimide film further having a polyimide layer containing a polyimide having a thickness, the total thickness of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is not less than 5% and not more than 60% of the total thickness of the polyimide film. From the viewpoint of sex.
In the polyimide film which is a polyimide layer containing the polyimide which has the structure represented by the said General formula (2), all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has, The total thickness of the polyimide layer with the largest Young's modulus is a polyimide film. 5% or more and 30% or less of the total thickness is preferable from the viewpoint of bending resistance and impact resistance, more preferably 5% or more and 20% or less, and more preferably 5% or more and 15% or less. Further preferred.
また、ポリイミドフィルムが有する全てのポリイミド層のうち、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層が前記一般式(1)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有し、且つ、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層を更に有するポリイミドフィルムにおいては、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層のヤング率が、ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層のヤング率の1.5倍以上であることが好ましく、特に耐衝撃性の点から、1.7倍以上であることがより好ましく、1.8倍以上であることがより更に好ましい。
ポリイミドフィルムが有する全てのポリイミド層が、前記一般式(2)で表される構造を有するポリイミドを含有するポリイミド層であるポリイミドフィルムにおいては、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層のヤング率が、ヤング率が最も小さいポリイミド層のヤング率の1.2倍以上であることが好ましく、2.0倍以下であってもよく、1.8倍以下であってもよい。
Moreover, among all the polyimide layers which a polyimide film has, the polyimide layer with the largest Young's modulus contains the polyimide which has a structure represented by the said General formula (1), and is represented by the said General formula (2). In the polyimide film further having the polyimide layer containing the polyimide having the structure, the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the largest Young's modulus is the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance. It is preferably 1.5 times or more, more preferably 1.7 times or more, and even more preferably 1.8 times or more from the viewpoint of impact resistance.
In the polyimide film in which all the polyimide layers of the polyimide film are polyimide layers containing a polyimide having the structure represented by the general formula (2), the Young's modulus is the most in terms of impact resistance and bending resistance. The Young's modulus of the large polyimide layer is preferably 1.2 times or more of the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer having the smallest Young's modulus, may be 2.0 times or less, and may be 1.8 times or less. Good.
また、本開示に用いられるポリイミドは、本開示の効果が損なわれない限り、その一部にポリアミド構造を含んでいても良い。含んでいても良いポリアミド構造としては、例えば、トリメリット酸無水物のようなトリカルボン酸残基を含むポリアミドイミド構造や、テレフタル酸のようなジカルボン酸残基を含むポリアミド構造が挙げられる。 Further, the polyimide used in the present disclosure may include a polyamide structure in a part thereof as long as the effect of the present disclosure is not impaired. Examples of the polyamide structure that may be included include a polyamideimide structure containing a tricarboxylic acid residue such as trimellitic anhydride and a polyamide structure containing a dicarboxylic acid residue such as terephthalic acid.
本開示に用いられるポリイミドは、耐熱性の点から、ガラス転移温度が200℃以上であることが好ましく、250℃以上であることがより好ましく、更に、270℃以上であることが好ましい。一方、ベーク温度低減の点から、ガラス転移温度が400℃以下であることが好ましく、380℃以下であることがより好ましい。
本開示に用いられるポリイミドのガラス転移温度は、動的粘弾性測定によって得られる温度-tanδ(tanδ=損失弾性率(E’’)/貯蔵弾性率(E’))曲線のピーク温度から求められるものである。ポリイミドのガラス転移温度は、tanδ曲線のピークが複数存在する場合、ピークの極大値が最大であるピークの温度をいう。動的粘弾性測定としては、例えば、動的粘弾性測定装置 RSA III(ティー・エイ・インスツルメント・ジャパン(株))によって、測定範囲を-150℃~400℃として、周波数1Hz、昇温速度5℃/minにより行うことができる。また、サンプル幅を5mm、チャック間距離を20mmとして測定することができる。
本開示において、tanδ曲線のピークとは、極大値である変曲点を有し、且つ、ピークの谷と谷の間であるピーク幅が3℃以上であるものをいい、ノイズ等測定由来の細かい上下変動については、前記ピークと解釈しない。
From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the polyimide used in the present disclosure preferably has a glass transition temperature of 200 ° C. or higher, more preferably 250 ° C. or higher, and further preferably 270 ° C. or higher. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of reducing the baking temperature, the glass transition temperature is preferably 400 ° C. or lower, more preferably 380 ° C. or lower.
The glass transition temperature of the polyimide used in the present disclosure is determined from the peak temperature of the temperature-tan δ (tan δ = loss elastic modulus (E ″) / storage elastic modulus (E ′)) curve obtained by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement. Is. The glass transition temperature of polyimide refers to the temperature of a peak at which the maximum value of the peak is maximum when there are a plurality of tan δ curve peaks. As the dynamic viscoelasticity measurement, for example, with a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring device RSA III (TA Instruments Japan Co., Ltd.), the measurement range is set to −150 ° C. to 400 ° C., the frequency is 1 Hz, and the temperature is raised. This can be done at a rate of 5 ° C./min. Further, the measurement can be performed with a sample width of 5 mm and a distance between chucks of 20 mm.
In the present disclosure, the peak of the tan δ curve refers to a peak having an inflection point that is a maximum value and a peak width that is between 3 ° C. or more between peaks and valleys, and is derived from measurement such as noise. The fine vertical fluctuation is not interpreted as the peak.
(2)添加剤
本開示に係るポリイミドフィルムが有する各ポリイミド層は、前記ポリイミドの他に、必要に応じて更に添加剤を含有していてもよい。前記添加剤としては、例えば、巻き取りを円滑にするためのシリカフィラーや、製膜性や脱泡性を向上させる界面活性剤等が挙げられる。
(2) Additive Each polyimide layer of the polyimide film according to the present disclosure may further contain an additive as necessary in addition to the polyimide. Examples of the additive include a silica filler for facilitating winding, and a surfactant for improving film forming property and defoaming property.
また、本開示に係るポリイミドフィルムが有する各ポリイミド層は、本開示の効果を損なわない範囲において、ポリイミド以外のその他の樹脂を含有していても良い。前記その他の樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリフェニレンスルフィド樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテルイミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、フェノール樹脂、ガラス-エポキシ樹脂、ポリフェニレンエーテル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン樹脂、ポリノルボルネン等のポリシクロオレフィン等が挙げられる。
ポリイミド層がポリイミド以外のその他の樹脂を含有する場合、当該その他の樹脂の含有量は、ポリイミド層全量に対して、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、30質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0質量%であることが特に好ましい。
Moreover, each polyimide layer which the polyimide film which concerns on this indication has may contain other resins other than a polyimide in the range which does not impair the effect of this indication. Examples of the other resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, polyether ether ketone resins, polyether sulfone resins, and polycarbonate resins. And polyetherimide resins, epoxy resins, phenol resins, glass-epoxy resins, polyphenylene ether resins, acrylic resins, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, and polycycloolefins such as polynorbornene.
When the polyimide layer contains other resin other than polyimide, the content of the other resin is preferably 50% by mass or less and more preferably 30% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the polyimide layer. 0% by mass is particularly preferable.
3.ポリイミドフィルムの特性
本開示のポリイミドフィルムにおけるヤング率、全光線透過率及び線熱膨張係数については、前述したのでここでの記載を省略する。
3. Characteristics of Polyimide Film Since the Young's modulus, the total light transmittance, and the linear thermal expansion coefficient in the polyimide film of the present disclosure have been described above, description thereof is omitted here.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、屈曲耐性に優れる点から、下記静的屈曲試験方法に従って、静的屈曲試験を行った場合に、試験片の内角が90°以上であることが好ましく、100°以上であることがより好ましく、110°以上であることがより更に好ましい。なお、一方の表面のポリイミド層のヤング率と、もう一方の表面のポリイミド層のヤング率が互いに異なる場合は、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層の表面が内側になるように屈曲させたときに、下記静的屈曲試験方法に従って静的屈曲試験を行った場合の試験片の内角が、前記下限値以上であることが好ましい。
[静的屈曲試験方法]
15mm×40mmに切り出したポリイミドフィルムの試験片を、長辺の半分の位置で折り曲げ、当該試験片の長辺の両端部が厚み6mmの金属片(100mm×30mm×6mm)を上下面から挟むようにして配置し、当該試験片の両端部と金属片との上下面での重なりしろが各々10mmずつになるようにテープで固定した状態で、上下からガラス板(100mm×100mm×0.7mm)で挟み、当該試験片を内径6mmで屈曲した状態で固定する。その際に、金属片とガラス板の間で当該試験片がない部分には、ダミーの試験片を挟み込み、ガラス板が平行になるようにテープで固定する。このようにして屈曲した状態で固定した当該試験片を、60℃、90%相対湿度(RH)の環境下で24時間静置した後、ガラス板と固定用のテープを外し、当該試験片にかかる力を解放する。その後、当該試験片の一方の端部を固定し、試験片にかかる力を解放してから30分後の試験片の内角を測定する。
The polyimide film of the present disclosure has an excellent bending resistance, and when the static bending test is performed according to the following static bending test method, the inner angle of the test piece is preferably 90 ° or more, and 100 ° or more. More preferably, it is 110 ° or more. When the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer on one surface and the Young's modulus of the polyimide layer on the other surface are different from each other, when the surface of the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus is bent inside Moreover, it is preferable that the internal angle of the test piece when the static bending test is performed according to the following static bending test method is equal to or more than the lower limit value.
[Static bending test method]
A polyimide film test piece cut out to 15 mm × 40 mm is bent at a position of half of the long side, and both ends of the long side of the test piece sandwich a metal piece (100 mm × 30 mm × 6 mm) having a thickness of 6 mm from the upper and lower surfaces. Placed between glass plates (100 mm x 100 mm x 0.7 mm) from above and below with the tape fixed so that the overlap between the top and bottom surfaces of the test piece and the metal piece is 10 mm each. The test piece is fixed in a bent state with an inner diameter of 6 mm. At that time, a dummy test piece is sandwiched between the metal piece and the glass plate where there is no test piece, and is fixed with tape so that the glass plate is parallel. The test piece thus fixed in a bent state is left to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90% relative humidity (RH), and then the glass plate and fixing tape are removed, and the test piece is attached to the test piece. Release this force. Thereafter, one end of the test piece is fixed, and the internal angle of the test piece 30 minutes after the force applied to the test piece is released is measured.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、15mm×40mmの試験片をJIS K7127に準拠し、引張り速度を10mm/分、チャック間距離を20mmとして測定する25℃における引張弾性率が0.5GPa以上であることが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましく、0.8GPa以上であることがより好ましく、1.0GPa以上であることがより更に好ましく、更に、1.5GPa以上であることが好ましく、2.0GPa以上であることが最も好ましい。前記引張弾性率の上限は、特に限定はされないが、屈曲耐性の点から、5.2GPa以下とすることができ、5.0GPa以下としてもよく、4.5GPa以下としてもよく、4.0GPa以下としてもよい。
前記引張弾性率は、引張り試験機(例えば島津製作所製:オートグラフAG-X 1N、ロードセル:SBL-1KN)を用い、幅15mm×長さ40mmの試験片をポリイミドフィルムから切り出して、25℃で、引張り速度10mm/min、チャック間距離は20mmとして測定することができる。
The polyimide film of the present disclosure has a tensile elastic modulus at 25 ° C. of 0.5 GPa or more when a test piece of 15 mm × 40 mm is measured according to JIS K7127, the tensile speed is 10 mm / min, and the distance between chucks is 20 mm. From the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance, 0.8 GPa or more is more preferable, 1.0 GPa or more is further preferable, 1.5 GPa or more is preferable, and 2.0 GPa is more preferable. The above is most preferable. The upper limit of the tensile modulus is not particularly limited, but may be 5.2 GPa or less, may be 5.0 GPa or less, may be 4.5 GPa or less, and may be 4.0 GPa or less from the viewpoint of bending resistance. It is good.
The tensile elastic modulus was determined by cutting a test piece having a width of 15 mm × a length of 40 mm from a polyimide film using a tensile tester (for example, Shimadzu Corporation: Autograph AG-X 1N, load cell: SBL-1KN) at 25 ° C. The tensile speed can be 10 mm / min, and the distance between chucks can be 20 mm.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、耐衝撃性の点から、鉛筆硬度は2B以上であることが好ましく、B以上であることがより好ましく、HB以上であることがより更に好ましく、H以上であることが特に好ましい。
前記ポリイミドフィルムの鉛筆硬度は、測定サンプルを温度25℃、相対湿度60%の条件で2時間調湿した後、JIS-S-6006が規定する試験用鉛筆を用いて、JIS K5600-5-4(1999)に規定する鉛筆硬度試験(0.98N荷重)をフィルム表面に行い、傷がつかない最も高い鉛筆硬度を評価することにより行うことができる。例えば東洋精機(株)製 鉛筆引っかき塗膜硬さ試験機を用いることができる。
前記ポリイミドフィルムの鉛筆硬度は、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層の表面において達成できることが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of impact resistance, the polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a pencil hardness of 2B or more, more preferably B or more, still more preferably HB or more, and more than H. Particularly preferred.
The pencil hardness of the polyimide film is determined by JIS K5600-5-4 using a test pencil specified by JIS-S-6006 after conditioning the sample for 2 hours at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60%. (1999), a pencil hardness test (0.98 N load) is performed on the film surface, and the highest pencil hardness that does not cause scratches can be evaluated. For example, a pencil scratch coating film hardness tester manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd. can be used.
It is preferable that the pencil hardness of the polyimide film can be achieved on the surface of the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、下記密着性試験方法に従って、密着性試験を行った場合に、表面のポリイミド層が剥離する面積が、全体の20%以下であることが、ポリイミド層間の密着性の点及び表面硬度の点から好ましく、10%以下であることがより好ましく、5%以下であることがより更に好ましい。
<密着性試験>
JIS K5400の碁盤目試験に準拠して、表面のポリイミド層にカッターナイフを用いて1mm間隔で碁盤目状に切れ込みを入れ、100マスの格子を形成する。次いで、当該格子上にセロハンテープ(ニチバン(株))を貼り付けた後剥離し、これを5回繰り返した後、表面のポリイミド層の剥離を観察する。
The polyimide film of the present disclosure has a surface area where the polyimide layer is peeled off when the adhesion test is performed according to the following adhesion test method. In view of surface hardness, it is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less.
<Adhesion test>
In accordance with the grid pattern test of JIS K5400, the polyimide layer on the surface is cut into a grid pattern at intervals of 1 mm using a cutter knife to form a 100 square grid. Next, cellophane tape (Nichiban Co., Ltd.) is applied on the lattice and then peeled off. After repeating this five times, peeling of the polyimide layer on the surface is observed.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)が、30.0以下であることが好ましく、20.0以下であることがより好ましく、17.0以下であることが更に好ましく、16.0以下であることがより更に好ましい。
前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)は、中でも11.0以下であることが好ましく、10.0以下であることがより好ましく、5.0以下であることが更に好ましく、3.0以下であることがより更に好ましく、2.0以下であることが特に好ましい。
前記黄色度(YI値)が前記上限値以下であることにより、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、黄色味の着色が抑制され、光透過性が向上し、ガラス代替材料となり得る。
なお、黄色度(YI値)は、前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して、紫外可視近赤外分光光度計(例えば、日本分光(株) V-7100)を用い、分光測色方法により、補助イルミナントC、2度視野を用いて、250nm以上800nm以下の範囲を1nm間隔で測定される透過率をもとに、XYZ表色系における三刺激値X,Y,Zを求め、そのX,Y,Zの値から以下の式より算出することができる。
YI=100(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y
In addition, the polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 of 30.0 or less, more preferably 20.0 or less, It is further preferably 17.0 or less, and further preferably 16.0 or less.
The yellowness (YI value) calculated according to JIS K7373-2006 is preferably 11.0 or less, more preferably 10.0 or less, and preferably 5.0 or less. More preferably, it is still more preferably 3.0 or less, and particularly preferably 2.0 or less.
When the yellowness (YI value) is equal to or lower than the upper limit, the polyimide film of the present disclosure can be prevented from being colored yellow, improve light transmittance, and serve as a glass substitute material.
The yellowness (YI value) is assisted by a spectrocolorimetric method using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer (for example, JASCO Corporation V-7100) in accordance with JIS K7373-2006. Using the illuminant C and a two-degree field of view, tristimulus values X, Y, and Z in the XYZ color system are obtained based on transmittance measured in the range of 250 nm to 800 nm at 1 nm intervals. , Z can be calculated from the following equation.
YI = 100 (1.2769X−1.0592Z) / Y
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、黄色味の着色が抑制され、光透過性が向上し、ガラス代替材料として好適に用いることができる点から、前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)を膜厚(μm)で割った値(YI値/膜厚(μm))が0.330以下であることが好ましく、0.150以下であることがより好ましく、0.100以下であることがより更に好ましく、0.030以下であることが特に好ましい。
なお、本開示において、前記黄色度(YI値)を膜厚(μm)で割った値(YI値/膜厚(μm))は、JIS Z8401:1999の規則Bに従い、小数点以下第3位に丸めた値とする。
In addition, the polyimide film of the present disclosure has a yellow color calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 because yellowish coloring is suppressed, light transmittance is improved, and the polyimide film can be suitably used as a glass substitute material. The value (YI value / film thickness (μm)) obtained by dividing the degree (YI value) by the film thickness (μm) is preferably 0.330 or less, more preferably 0.150 or less, and 0.100. It is still more preferable that it is below, and it is especially preferable that it is below 0.030.
In the present disclosure, the value obtained by dividing the yellowness (YI value) by the film thickness (μm) (YI value / film thickness (μm)) is the third decimal place according to the rule B of JIS Z8401: 1999. Rounded value.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムのヘイズ値は、光透過性の点から、10以下であることが好ましく、5以下であることが更に好ましく、1.5以下であることがより更に好ましい。
前記ヘイズ値は、JIS K-7105に準拠した方法で測定することができ、例えば村上色彩技術研究所製のヘイズメーターHM150により測定することができる。
The haze value of the polyimide film of the present disclosure is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and even more preferably 1.5 or less from the viewpoint of light transmittance.
The haze value can be measured by a method according to JIS K-7105, for example, a haze meter HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率が、0.040以下であることが好ましく、0.025以下であることがより好ましく、0.020以下であることがより更に好ましく、0.015以下であることが特に好ましい。複屈折率が前記上限値以下であると、ポリイミドフィルムの光学的歪みが低減し、ポリイミドフィルムをディスプレイ用表面材として用いた場合に、ディスプレイの表示品質の低下を抑制することができる。波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率が大きいフィルムをディスプレイ表面に設置して、偏光サングラスをかけてディスプレイを見た場合、虹ムラが発生し、視認性が低下する場合がある。偏光サングラスをかけてディスプレイを見た時の虹ムラの発生が抑制される点からは、ディスプレイ表面に設置するフィルムの前記厚み方向の複屈折率が0.040以下であることが好ましい。さらに、ディスプレイ表面に設置したフィルムの前記厚み方向の複屈折率が0.025以下であれば、ディスプレイを斜めから見たときの色再現性が向上する。ディスプレイを斜めから見たときの色再現性を向上する点からは、ディスプレイ表面に設置したフィルムの前記厚み方向の複屈折率は、0.020以下であることがより好ましい。
なお、本開示のポリイミドフィルムの前記波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率は、以下のように求めることができる。
まず、位相差測定装置(例えば、王子計測機器株式会社製、製品名「KOBRA-WR」)を用いて、23℃、波長590nmの光で、ポリイミドフィルムの厚み方向位相差値(Rth)を測定する。厚み方向位相差値(Rth)は、0度入射の位相差値と、斜め40度入射の位相差値を測定し、これらの位相差値から厚み方向位相差値Rthを算出する。前記斜め40度入射の位相差値は、位相差フィルムの法線から40度傾けた方向から、波長590nmの光を位相差フィルムに入射させて測定する。
ポリイミドフィルムの厚み方向の複屈折率は、式:Rth/dに代入して求めることができる。前記dは、ポリイミドフィルムの膜厚(nm)を表す。
なお、厚み方向位相差値は、フィルムの面内方向における遅相軸方向(フィルム面内方向における屈折率が最大となる方向)の屈折率をnx、フィルム面内における進相軸方向(フィルム面内方向における屈折率が最小となる方向)の屈折率をny、及びフィルムの厚み方向の屈折率をnzとしたときに、Rth[nm]={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×dと表すことができる。
The polyimide film of the present disclosure preferably has a birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of 0.040 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less, and more preferably 0.020 or less. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 0.015 or less. When the birefringence is less than or equal to the above upper limit, the optical distortion of the polyimide film is reduced, and when the polyimide film is used as a display surface material, it is possible to suppress a decrease in display quality of the display. When a film having a large birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm is placed on the display surface and the display is viewed with polarized sunglasses, rainbow unevenness may occur and visibility may be reduced. From the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of rainbow unevenness when viewing the display while wearing polarized sunglasses, the birefringence index in the thickness direction of the film placed on the display surface is preferably 0.040 or less. Furthermore, when the birefringence in the thickness direction of the film placed on the display surface is 0.025 or less, color reproducibility when the display is viewed from an oblique direction is improved. From the viewpoint of improving color reproducibility when the display is viewed obliquely, the birefringence index in the thickness direction of the film placed on the display surface is more preferably 0.020 or less.
In addition, the birefringence of the thickness direction in the said wavelength 590nm of the polyimide film of this indication can be calculated | required as follows.
First, the thickness direction retardation value (Rth) of the polyimide film is measured with a light of 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 590 nm using a phase difference measuring device (for example, product name “KOBRA-WR” manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). To do. For the thickness direction retardation value (Rth), a phase difference value at 0 degree incidence and a phase difference value at an incidence angle of 40 degrees are measured, and the thickness direction retardation value Rth is calculated from these phase difference values. The retardation value at an oblique incidence of 40 degrees is measured by making light having a wavelength of 590 nm incident on the retardation film from a direction inclined by 40 degrees from the normal line of the retardation film.
The birefringence in the thickness direction of the polyimide film can be determined by substituting it into the formula: Rth / d. Said d represents the film thickness (nm) of a polyimide film.
The thickness direction retardation value is nx the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the in-plane direction of the film (the direction in which the refractive index in the film in-plane direction is maximum), and the fast axis direction in the film plane (film surface). Rth [nm] = {(nx + ny) / 2−nz} × d, where ny is the refractive index in the direction in which the refractive index in the inner direction is the minimum) and nz is the refractive index in the thickness direction of the film. be able to.
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムの好ましい一形態としては、ポリイミドフィルムのX線光電子分光法により測定した、少なくとも一方のフィルム表面のフッ素原子数(F)と炭素原子数(C)の比率(F/C)が、0.01以上1以下であることが好ましく、更に0.05以上0.8以下であることが好ましい。
また、ポリイミドフィルムのX線光電子分光法により測定した、少なくとも一方のフィルム表面のフッ素原子数(F)と窒素原子数(N)の比率(F/N)が、0.1以上20以下であることが好ましく、更に0.5以上15以下であることが好ましい。
ここで、X線光電子分光法(XPS)の測定による上記比率は、X線光電子分光装置(例えば、Thermo Scientific社 Theta Probe)を用いて測定される各原子の原子%の値から求めることができる。
Moreover, as a preferable form of the polyimide film of the present disclosure, the ratio of the number of fluorine atoms (F) and the number of carbon atoms (C) on the surface of at least one film measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy of the polyimide film (F / C) is preferably 0.01 or more and 1 or less, and more preferably 0.05 or more and 0.8 or less.
Moreover, the ratio (F / N) of the number of fluorine atoms (F) and the number of nitrogen atoms (N) on the surface of at least one film measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy of the polyimide film is 0.1 or more and 20 or less. It is preferably 0.5 or more and 15 or less.
Here, the said ratio by the measurement of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) can be calculated | required from the value of atomic% of each atom measured using an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (for example, Thermo Scientific Thea Probe). .
4.ポリイミドフィルムの製造方法
本開示のポリイミドフィルムの製造方法は、上述した本開示のポリイミドフィルムを得ることができる製造方法であれば良く、特に限定はされないが、例えば、第1の製造方法として、
ポリイミド成形体を準備する工程と、
ポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含むポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を調製する工程と、
前記ポリイミド成形体の少なくとも一方の面に、前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
加熱をすることにより、前記ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する工程と、を含む製造方法が挙げられる。
前記第1の製造方法において、3層以上のポリイミド層を有するポリイミドフィルムを製造する方法としては、例えば、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程を、所望の層数になるまで行った後、前記イミド化する工程により、各ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜が含有する各ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する方法が挙げられる。なお、2層以上のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜は、ポリイミド成形体の一方の面のみに形成しても良いし、一方の面ともう一方の面の両面に形成しても良い。
前記第1の製造方法により、3層のポリイミド層を有するポリイミドフィルムを製造する方法としては、例えば、
ポリイミド成形体を準備する工程と、
ポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含む第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物、及びポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含む第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を調製する工程と、
前記ポリイミド成形体の一方の面に、前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
前記ポリイミド成形体のもう一方の面に、前記第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
加熱をすることにより、前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜が含むポリイミド前駆体及び第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜が含むポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する工程と、を含み、前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物と前記第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物とは同じ組成であっても良い、製造方法が挙げられる。
前記第1の製造方法においては、前記ポリイミド成形体、及び所望の層数となるように形成された各ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜が、それぞれポリイミド層となる。
前記第1の製造方法は、ポリイミドフィルムの複屈折率を低減しやすい点から好ましい。前記第1の製造方法によれば、波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率が0.035以下、より好ましくは0.030以下、より好ましくは0.025以下、より好ましくは0.020以下であるポリイミドフィルムを好適に形成可能である。
4). The manufacturing method of a polyimide film The manufacturing method of the polyimide film of this indication should just be a manufacturing method which can obtain the polyimide film of this indication mentioned above, and although it does not specifically limit, For example, as a 1st manufacturing method,
Preparing a polyimide molded body;
A step of preparing a polyimide precursor resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent;
Applying the polyimide precursor resin composition to at least one surface of the polyimide molded body to form a polyimide precursor resin coating;
And a step of imidizing the polyimide precursor by heating.
In the first production method, as a method for producing a polyimide film having three or more polyimide layers, for example, a step of applying a polyimide precursor resin composition to form a polyimide precursor resin coating film, After performing until it becomes the desired number of layers, the method of imidizing each polyimide precursor which each polyimide precursor resin coating film contains by the process of imidating is mentioned. Two or more layers of the polyimide precursor resin coating film may be formed only on one surface of the polyimide molded body, or may be formed on both surfaces of one surface and the other surface.
As a method for producing a polyimide film having three polyimide layers by the first production method, for example,
Preparing a polyimide molded body;
Preparing a first polyimide precursor resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, and a second polyimide precursor resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent;
Applying the first polyimide precursor resin composition to one surface of the polyimide molded body to form a first polyimide precursor resin coating;
Applying the second polyimide precursor resin composition to the other surface of the polyimide molded body to form a second polyimide precursor resin coating;
A step of imidizing a polyimide precursor included in the first polyimide precursor resin coating film and a polyimide precursor included in the second polyimide precursor resin coating film by heating, and including the first The manufacturing method in which the polyimide precursor resin composition and the second polyimide precursor resin composition may be the same may be mentioned.
In the first manufacturing method, the polyimide molded body and each polyimide precursor resin coating film formed to have a desired number of layers become polyimide layers.
The first production method is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the birefringence of the polyimide film. According to the first production method, the birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm is 0.035 or less, more preferably 0.030 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less, more preferably 0.020 or less. A polyimide film can be suitably formed.
前記第1の製造方法において、前記ポリイミド成形体の一方の面に、2層以上のポリイミド層を形成する場合は、当該2層以上のポリイミド層の形成に用いられる各ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を全て形成した後に、前記イミド化する工程を行うことが、当該2層以上のポリイミド層において、互いに隣接するポリイミド層の境界に前記ミキシング領域を形成し得るため、層間密着性を向上し、干渉縞の発生を抑制する点から好ましい。 In the first production method, when two or more polyimide layers are formed on one surface of the polyimide molded body, each polyimide precursor resin coating film used for forming the two or more polyimide layers is used. Since the imidization step is performed after all the formation, the mixing region can be formed at the boundary between adjacent polyimide layers in the two or more polyimide layers, thereby improving interlayer adhesion and interference fringes. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of the above.
以下、前記第1の製造方法における、ポリイミド成形体を準備する工程(以下、ポリイミド成形体準備工程という)、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を調製する工程(以下、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物調製工程という)、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布してポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程(以下、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜形成工程という)、及びポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物が含有するポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する工程(以下、イミド化工程という)について、詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, in the first production method, a step of preparing a polyimide molded body (hereinafter referred to as a polyimide molded body preparation step), a step of preparing a polyimide precursor resin composition (hereinafter referred to as a polyimide precursor resin composition preparation step). ), Applying a polyimide precursor resin composition to form a polyimide precursor resin coating film (hereinafter referred to as polyimide precursor resin coating film forming process), and a polyimide precursor contained in the polyimide precursor resin composition The step of imidization (hereinafter referred to as imidization step) will be described in detail.
(1)ポリイミド成形体準備工程
前記第1の製造方法に用いられるポリイミド成形体としては、例えば、以下の製造方法により作製されたフィルム状のポリイミド成形体を用いることができる。
フィルム状のポリイミド成形体の製造方法としては、例えば、製造方法Aとして、
ポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含むポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を調製する工程と、
前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を支持体に塗布して、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
加熱をすることにより、前記ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する工程と、を含む製造方法が挙げられる。
前記製造方法Aは、ポリイミドフィルムの複屈折率を低減しやすい点から好ましく、波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率が0.025以下、より好ましくは0.020以下であるポリイミドフィルムを好適に形成可能である。前記第1の製造方法において、ポリイミド成形体の製造方法として、前記製造方法Aを用いると、ポリイミドフィルムの複屈折率を低減する効果が高い点で更に好ましく、波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率が0.025以下、より好ましくは0.020以下であるポリイミドフィルムを好適に形成可能である。
前記製造方法Aにおいて、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物としては、後述する「ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物調製工程」で得られるポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物と同様のものを用いることができ、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する方法、及びイミド化する方法としては、それぞれ後述する「ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜形成工程」及び「イミド化工程」と同様とすることができる。
前記製造方法Aにおいて、支持体としては、例えば、後述する第2の製造方法に用いられる支持体と同様のものが挙げられる。
また、前記製造方法Aは、更に前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜、及び、前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜をイミド化したイミド化後塗膜の少なくとも一方を延伸する延伸工程を有していてもよい。延伸工程は、後述する第2の製造方法の延伸工程と同様とすることができる。
(1) Polyimide molded body preparation process As a polyimide molded body used for the said 1st manufacturing method, the film-like polyimide molded body produced with the following manufacturing methods can be used, for example.
As a manufacturing method of a film-like polyimide molded body, for example, as manufacturing method A,
A step of preparing a polyimide precursor resin composition comprising a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent;
Applying the polyimide precursor resin composition to a support to form a polyimide precursor resin coating;
And a step of imidizing the polyimide precursor by heating.
The production method A is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the birefringence of the polyimide film, and suitably forms a polyimide film having a birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of 0.025 or less, more preferably 0.020 or less. Is possible. In the said 1st manufacturing method, when the said manufacturing method A is used as a manufacturing method of a polyimide molded body, it is still more preferable at the point with the high effect of reducing the birefringence of a polyimide film, and the birefringence of the thickness direction in wavelength 590nm A polyimide film having a thickness of 0.025 or less, more preferably 0.020 or less, can be suitably formed.
In the said manufacturing method A, as a polyimide precursor resin composition, the thing similar to the polyimide precursor resin composition obtained by the "polyimide precursor resin composition preparation process" mentioned later can be used, and a polyimide precursor resin is used. The method for forming the coating film and the method for imidizing can be the same as the “polyimide precursor resin coating film forming step” and the “imidization step” described later, respectively.
In the said manufacturing method A, as a support body, the thing similar to the support body used for the 2nd manufacturing method mentioned later is mentioned, for example.
The production method A may further include a stretching step of stretching at least one of the polyimide precursor resin coating film and the imidized coating film obtained by imidizing the polyimide precursor resin coating film. . The stretching step can be the same as the stretching step of the second manufacturing method described later.
また、フィルム状のポリイミド成形体の別の製造方法としては、例えば、製造方法Bとして、
ポリイミドと、有機溶剤とを含むポリイミド樹脂組成物を調製する工程と、
前記ポリイミド樹脂組成物を支持体に塗布して、ポリイミド樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、を含む製造方法が挙げられる。
前記製造方法Bは、使用するポリイミドが25℃で有機溶剤に5質量%以上溶解するような溶剤溶解性を有する場合に好適に用いることができる。
前記製造方法Bは、ポリイミドフィルムの黄色度(YI値)を低減しやすい点から好ましく、前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)を膜厚(μm)で割った値(YI値/膜厚(μm))が0.330以下、より好ましくは0.200以下、より更に好ましくは0.150以下のポリイミドフィルムを好適に形成可能である。
前記製造方法Bにおいて、ポリイミド樹脂組成物としては、後述する第3の製造方法のポリイミド樹脂組成物と同様のものを用いることができ、ポリイミド樹脂塗膜を形成する方法としては、後述する第3の製造方法のポリイミド樹脂塗膜形成工程と同様とすることができる。
また、前記製造方法Bにおいて、支持体としては、例えば、後述する第2の製造方法に用いられる支持体と同様のものが挙げられる。
Moreover, as another manufacturing method of a film-like polyimide molded body, for example, as manufacturing method B,
A step of preparing a polyimide resin composition containing polyimide and an organic solvent;
And a step of applying the polyimide resin composition to a support to form a polyimide resin coating film.
The production method B can be suitably used when the polyimide to be used has a solvent solubility such that 5% by mass or more is dissolved in an organic solvent at 25 ° C.
The production method B is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the yellowness (YI value) of the polyimide film, and the yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 is divided by the film thickness (μm). A polyimide film having a value (YI value / film thickness (μm)) of 0.330 or less, more preferably 0.200 or less, and still more preferably 0.150 or less can be suitably formed.
In the said manufacturing method B, as a polyimide resin composition, the thing similar to the polyimide resin composition of the 3rd manufacturing method mentioned later can be used, As a method of forming a polyimide resin coating film, it mentions 3rd mentioned later. It can be made to be the same as that of the polyimide resin coating film formation process of the manufacturing method.
Moreover, in the said manufacturing method B, as a support body, the thing similar to the support body used for the 2nd manufacturing method mentioned later is mentioned, for example.
(2)ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物調製工程
前記第1の製造方法において調製するポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含有し、必要に応じて添加剤等を含有していてもよい。
ポリイミド前駆体は、テトラカルボン酸成分とジアミン成分との重合によって得られるポリアミド酸である。前記第1の製造方法において、ポリイミド前駆体に用いられるテトラカルボン酸成分及びジアミン成分は特に限定はされず、例えば、上述したポリイミドのテトラカルボン酸残基となるテトラカルボン酸二無水物、及びジアミン残基となるジアミンをそれぞれ挙げることができる。
(2) Polyimide precursor resin composition preparation step The polyimide precursor resin composition prepared in the first production method contains a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, and optionally contains additives. It may be.
The polyimide precursor is a polyamic acid obtained by polymerization of a tetracarboxylic acid component and a diamine component. In the first production method, the tetracarboxylic acid component and the diamine component used for the polyimide precursor are not particularly limited. For example, the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the diamine that become the tetracarboxylic acid residue of the polyimide described above. The diamine used as a residue can be mentioned, respectively.
ポリイミド前駆体の数平均分子量は、フィルムとした際の強度の点から、2000以上であることが好ましく、更に4000以上であることが好ましい。一方、数平均分子量が大きすぎると、高粘度となり作業性が低下の恐れがある点から、1000000以下であることが好ましく、更に500000以下であることが好ましい。
ポリイミド前駆体の数平均分子量は、NMR(例えば、BRUKER製、AVANCEIII)により求めることができる。例えば、ポリイミド前駆体溶液をガラス板に塗布して100℃で5分乾燥後、固形分10mgをジメチルスルホキシド-d6溶媒7.5mlに溶解し、NMR測定を行い、芳香族環に結合している水素原子のピーク強度比から数平均分子量を算出することができる。
The number average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2000 or more, more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of strength when it is used as a film. On the other hand, if the number average molecular weight is too large, the viscosity is high and the workability may be lowered, so that it is preferably 1000000 or less, and more preferably 500000 or less.
The number average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor can be determined by NMR (for example, AVANCE III manufactured by BRUKER). For example, a polyimide precursor solution is applied to a glass plate and dried at 100 ° C. for 5 minutes, and then 10 mg of solid content is dissolved in 7.5 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide-d6 solvent, and NMR measurement is performed to bond to an aromatic ring. The number average molecular weight can be calculated from the peak intensity ratio of hydrogen atoms.
また、ポリイミド前駆体は、フィルムとした際の強度の点から、重量平均分子量が、2000以上であることが好ましく、4000以上であることがより好ましい。一方、重量平均分子量が大きすぎると、高粘度となり、ろ過などの作業性が低下の恐れがある点から、1000000以下であることが好ましく、更に500000以下であることが好ましい。
ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)によって測定できる。具体的には、ポリイミド前駆体を0.5重量%の濃度のN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)溶液とし、展開溶媒は、含水量500ppm以下の10mmol%LiBr-NMP溶液を用い、東ソー製GPC装置(HLC-8120、使用カラム:SHODEX製GPC LF-804)を用い、サンプル打ち込み量50μL、溶媒流量0.5mL/分、40℃の条件で測定を行う。重量平均分子量は、サンプルと同濃度のポリスチレン標準サンプルを基準に求める。
In addition, the polyimide precursor has a weight average molecular weight of preferably 2000 or more, and more preferably 4000 or more, from the viewpoint of strength when used as a film. On the other hand, if the weight average molecular weight is too large, the viscosity becomes high and the workability such as filtration may be lowered, and therefore it is preferably 1000000 or less, and more preferably 500000 or less.
The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor can be measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Specifically, the polyimide precursor was made into an N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) solution having a concentration of 0.5% by weight, and the developing solvent was a 10 mmol% LiBr-NMP solution having a water content of 500 ppm or less. Using HLC-8120, column used: GPC LF-804 manufactured by SHODEX, measurement is performed under the conditions of a sample injection amount of 50 μL, a solvent flow rate of 0.5 mL / min, and 40 ° C. The weight average molecular weight is determined based on a polystyrene standard sample having the same concentration as the sample.
前記ポリイミド前駆体溶液は、上述のテトラカルボン酸二無水物と、上述のジアミンとを、溶剤中で反応させて得られる。ポリイミド前駆体(ポリアミド酸)の合成に用いる溶剤としては、上述のテトラカルボン酸二無水物及びジアミンを溶解可能であれば特に制限はなく、例えば非プロトン性極性溶剤または水溶性アルコール系溶剤等を用い得る。本開示においては、中でも、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、ヘキサメチルホスホルアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等の窒素原子を含む有機溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトン等を用いることが好ましい。中でも、窒素原子を含む有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドンもしくはこれらの組み合わせを用いることがより好ましい。なお、有機溶剤とは、炭素原子を含む溶剤である。 The polyimide precursor solution is obtained by reacting the above tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the above diamine in a solvent. The solvent used for the synthesis of the polyimide precursor (polyamic acid) is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the above-described tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine. For example, an aprotic polar solvent or a water-soluble alcohol solvent is used. Can be used. In the present disclosure, among others, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoramide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc. It is preferable to use an organic solvent containing a nitrogen atom of γ-butyrolactone or the like. Among them, it is preferable to use an organic solvent containing a nitrogen atom, and it is more preferable to use N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone or a combination thereof. The organic solvent is a solvent containing carbon atoms.
また、前記ポリイミド前駆体溶液を、2種以上のジアミンを組み合わせて調製する場合、2種以上のジアミンの混合溶液に酸二無水物を添加し、ポリアミド酸を合成してもよいし、2種以上のジアミン成分を適切なモル比で段階を踏んで反応液に添加し、ある程度、各原料が高分子鎖へ組み込まれるシーケンスをコントロールしてもよい。
主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミンを用いる場合は、たとえば、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミンが溶解された反応液に、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミンの0.5等量のモル比の酸二無水物を投入し反応させることで、酸二無水物の両端に主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミンが反応したアミド酸を合成し、そこへ、残りのジアミンを全部、又は一部投入し、酸二無水物を加えてポリアミド酸を重合しても良い。この方法で重合すると、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するジアミンが1つの酸二無水物を介して、連結した形でポリアミド酸の中に導入される。このような方法でポリアミド酸を重合することは、主鎖にケイ素原子を1個又は2個有するアミド酸の位置関係がある程度特定され、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の優れた膜を得易い点から好ましい。
Moreover, when preparing the said polyimide precursor solution combining 2 or more types of diamine, an acid dianhydride may be added to the mixed solution of 2 or more types of diamine, and a polyamic acid may be synthesize | combined. The above diamine component may be added to the reaction solution step by step at an appropriate molar ratio to control the sequence in which each raw material is incorporated into the polymer chain to some extent.
When a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is used, for example, in a reaction solution in which a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is dissolved, one silicon atom in the main chain or An amide in which a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is reacted at both ends of the acid dianhydride by introducing and reacting an acid dianhydride in a molar ratio of 0.5 equivalent of two diamines The acid may be synthesized, the remaining diamine may be added in whole or in part thereto, and acid dianhydride may be added to polymerize the polyamic acid. When polymerized in this manner, a diamine having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is introduced into the polyamic acid in a linked form via one acid dianhydride. Polymerization of polyamic acid by such a method is because the positional relationship of amic acid having one or two silicon atoms in the main chain is specified to some extent, and it is easy to obtain a film excellent in impact resistance and bending resistance. preferable.
前記ポリイミド前駆体溶液(ポリアミド酸溶液)中のジアミンのモル数をX、テトラカルボン酸二無水物のモル数をYとしたとき、Y/Xを0.9以上1.1以下とすることが好ましく、0.95以上1.05以下とすることがより好ましく、0.97以上1.03以下とすることがさらに好ましく、0.99以上1.01以下とすることが特に好ましい。このような範囲とすることにより得られるポリアミド酸の分子量(重合度)を適度に調整することができる。
重合反応の手順は、公知の方法を適宜選択して用いることができ、特に限定されない。
また、合成反応により得られたポリイミド前駆体溶液をそのまま用い、そこに必要に応じて他の成分を混合しても良いし、ポリイミド前駆体溶液の溶剤を乾燥させ、別の溶剤に溶解して用いても良い。
When the number of moles of diamine in the polyimide precursor solution (polyamic acid solution) is X and the number of moles of tetracarboxylic dianhydride is Y, Y / X may be 0.9 or more and 1.1 or less. Preferably, it is 0.95 or more and 1.05 or less, more preferably 0.97 or more and 1.03 or less, and particularly preferably 0.99 or more and 1.01 or less. By setting it as such a range, the molecular weight (polymerization degree) of the polyamic acid obtained can be adjusted moderately.
The procedure of the polymerization reaction can be appropriately selected from known methods and is not particularly limited.
Moreover, the polyimide precursor solution obtained by the synthesis reaction may be used as it is, and other components may be mixed there if necessary. The solvent of the polyimide precursor solution is dried and dissolved in another solvent. It may be used.
前記ポリイミド前駆体溶液の25℃での粘度は、均一な塗膜及びポリイミド層を形成する点から、500cps以上100000cps以下であることが好ましい。
ポリイミド前駆体溶液の粘度は、粘度計(例えば、TVE-22HT、東機産業株式会社)を用いて、25℃で、サンプル量0.8mlとして測定することができる。
The viscosity of the polyimide precursor solution at 25 ° C. is preferably 500 cps or more and 100,000 cps or less from the viewpoint of forming a uniform coating film and a polyimide layer.
The viscosity of the polyimide precursor solution can be measured using a viscometer (for example, TVE-22HT, Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and a sample amount of 0.8 ml.
前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて添加剤を含有していてもよい。前記添加剤としては、例えば、巻き取りを円滑にするためのシリカフィラーや、製膜性や脱泡性を向上させる界面活性剤等が挙げられ、前述のポリイミド層において説明したものと同様のものを用いることができる。 The polyimide precursor resin composition may contain an additive as necessary. Examples of the additive include a silica filler for facilitating winding, and a surfactant for improving film forming property and defoaming property, and the same as described in the polyimide layer described above. Can be used.
前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物に用いられる有機溶剤は、前記ポリイミド前駆体が溶解可能であれば特に制限はない。例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、ヘキサメチルホスホルアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等の窒素原子を含む有機溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトン等を用いることができるが、中でも、窒素原子を含む有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。 The organic solvent used in the polyimide precursor resin composition is not particularly limited as long as the polyimide precursor can be dissolved. For example, containing nitrogen atoms such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoramide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone Organic solvent: γ-butyrolactone or the like can be used, and among them, an organic solvent containing a nitrogen atom is preferably used.
前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物中の前記ポリイミド前駆体の含有量は、均一な塗膜及びハンドリング可能な強度を有するポリイミド層を形成する点から、樹脂組成物の固形分中に50質量%以上であることが好ましく、更に60質量%以上であることが好ましく、上限は含有成分により適宜調整されればよい。
前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物中の有機溶剤は、均一な塗膜及びポリイミド層を形成する点から、樹脂組成物中に40質量%以上であることが好ましく、更に50質量%以上であることが好ましく、また99質量%以下であることが好ましい。
The content of the polyimide precursor in the polyimide precursor resin composition is 50% by mass or more in the solid content of the resin composition from the point of forming a polyimide layer having a uniform coating film and a handleable strength. Preferably, it is preferably 60% by mass or more, and the upper limit may be appropriately adjusted depending on the components contained.
The organic solvent in the polyimide precursor resin composition is preferably 40% by mass or more and more preferably 50% by mass or more in the resin composition from the viewpoint of forming a uniform coating film and a polyimide layer. Preferably, it is 99% by mass or less.
また、前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物は、含有水分量が1000ppm以下であることが、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物の保存安定性が良好になり、生産性を向上することができる点から好ましい。ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物中に水分を多く含むと、ポリイミド前駆体が分解しやすくなる恐れがある。
なお、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物の含有水分量は、カールフィッシャー水分計(例えば、三菱化学株式会社製、微量水分測定装置CA-200型)を用いて求めることができる。
The polyimide precursor resin composition preferably has a moisture content of 1000 ppm or less from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability of the polyimide precursor resin composition and improving the productivity. If the polyimide precursor resin composition contains a large amount of moisture, the polyimide precursor may be easily decomposed.
The water content of the polyimide precursor resin composition can be determined using a Karl Fischer moisture meter (for example, a trace moisture measuring device CA-200, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation).
(3)ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜形成工程
前記ポリイミド成形体の少なくとも一方の面に、前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程において、前記塗布手段は、目的とする膜厚で塗布可能な方法であれば特に制限はなく、例えばダイコータ、コンマコータ、ロールコータ、グラビアコータ、カーテンコータ、スプレーコータ、リップコータ等の公知のものを用いることができる。
塗布は、枚葉式の塗布装置により行ってもよく、ロールtoロール方式の塗布装置により行ってもよい。
(3) Polyimide precursor resin coating film forming step In the step of applying the polyimide precursor resin composition to at least one surface of the polyimide molded body to form a polyimide precursor resin coating film, the coating means includes: The coating method is not particularly limited as long as it can be applied with a desired film thickness, and known methods such as a die coater, a comma coater, a roll coater, a gravure coater, a curtain coater, a spray coater, and a lip coater can be used.
Application may be performed by a single-wafer coating apparatus or a roll-to-roll coating apparatus.
ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布した後は、塗膜がタックフリーとなるまで、150℃以下の温度、好ましくは30℃以上120℃以下で前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物中の溶剤を乾燥する。溶剤の乾燥温度を150℃以下とすることにより、ポリアミド酸のイミド化を抑制することができる。 After applying the polyimide precursor resin composition, the solvent in the polyimide precursor resin composition is dried at a temperature of 150 ° C. or lower, preferably 30 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower until the coating film is tack-free. By setting the drying temperature of the solvent to 150 ° C. or lower, imidization of the polyamic acid can be suppressed.
乾燥時間は、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜の膜厚や、溶剤の種類、乾燥温度等に応じて適宜調整されれば良いが、通常1分~60分、好ましくは2分~30分とすることが好ましい。上限値を超える場合には、ポリイミドフィルムの作製効率の面から好ましくない。一方、下限値を下回る場合には、急激な溶剤の乾燥によって、得られるポリイミドフィルムの外観等に影響を与える恐れがある。 The drying time may be appropriately adjusted according to the film thickness of the polyimide precursor resin coating film, the type of solvent, the drying temperature, etc., but is usually 1 minute to 60 minutes, preferably 2 minutes to 30 minutes. Is preferred. When exceeding an upper limit, it is unpreferable from the surface of the production efficiency of a polyimide film. On the other hand, when the value is below the lower limit, the appearance of the resulting polyimide film may be affected by rapid solvent drying.
溶剤の乾燥方法は、上記温度で溶剤の乾燥が可能であれば特に制限はなく、例えばオーブンや、乾燥炉、ホットプレート、赤外線加熱等を用いることが可能である。
光学特性の高度な管理が必要な場合、溶剤の乾燥時の雰囲気は、不活性ガス雰囲気下であることが好ましい。不活性ガス雰囲気下としては、窒素雰囲気下であることが好ましく、酸素濃度が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。大気下で熱処理を行うと、フィルムが酸化され、着色したり、性能が低下する可能性がある。
The method for drying the solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solvent can be dried at the above temperature. For example, an oven, a drying furnace, a hot plate, infrared heating, or the like can be used.
When high management of optical properties is required, the atmosphere during drying of the solvent is preferably an inert gas atmosphere. The inert gas atmosphere is preferably a nitrogen atmosphere, the oxygen concentration is preferably 100 ppm or less, and more preferably 50 ppm or less. When heat treatment is performed in the atmosphere, the film may be oxidized and colored, or the performance may deteriorate.
(4)イミド化工程
前記第1の製造方法においては、加熱をすることにより、前記ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する。
イミド化の温度は、ポリイミド前駆体の構造に合わせて適宜選択されれば良い。
通常、昇温開始温度を30℃以上とすることが好ましく、100℃以上とすることがより好ましい。一方、昇温終了温度は250℃以上とすることが好ましい。
(4) Imidization process In the said 1st manufacturing method, the said polyimide precursor is imidized by heating.
The imidization temperature may be appropriately selected according to the structure of the polyimide precursor.
Usually, the temperature rise start temperature is preferably 30 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher. On the other hand, the temperature rise end temperature is preferably 250 ° C. or higher.
昇温速度は、得られるポリイミド層の膜厚によって適宜選択することが好ましく、ポリイミド層の膜厚が厚い場合には、昇温速度を遅くすることが好ましい。
ポリイミドフィルムの製造効率の点から、5℃/分以上とすることが好ましく、10℃/分以上とすることが更に好ましい。一方、昇温速度の上限は、通常50℃/分とされ、好ましくは40℃/分以下、さらに好ましくは30℃/分以下である。上記昇温速度とすることが、フィルムの外観不良や強度低下の抑制、イミド化反応に伴う白化をコントロールでき、光透過性が向上する点から好ましい。
The rate of temperature increase is preferably selected as appropriate depending on the thickness of the polyimide layer to be obtained. When the thickness of the polyimide layer is thick, it is preferable to decrease the rate of temperature increase.
From the viewpoint of the production efficiency of the polyimide film, it is preferably 5 ° C./min or more, more preferably 10 ° C./min or more. On the other hand, the upper limit of the heating rate is usually 50 ° C./min, preferably 40 ° C./min or less, more preferably 30 ° C./min or less. It is preferable to set the temperature increase rate from the viewpoint that the appearance defect and strength reduction of the film can be suppressed, and the whitening associated with the imidization reaction can be controlled, and the light transmittance is improved.
昇温は、連続的でも段階的でもよいが、連続的とすることが、フィルムの外観不良や強度低下の抑制、イミド化反応に伴う白化のコントロールの面から好ましい。また、上述の全温度範囲において、昇温速度を一定としてもよく、また途中で変化させてもよい。 The temperature increase may be continuous or stepwise, but it is preferable to make it continuous from the viewpoint of controlling the appearance of the film, suppressing the strength reduction, and controlling the whitening associated with the imidization reaction. Moreover, in the above-mentioned whole temperature range, the temperature rising rate may be constant or may be changed in the middle.
イミド化の昇温時の雰囲気は、不活性ガス雰囲気下であることが好ましい。不活性ガス雰囲気下としては、窒素雰囲気下であることが好ましく、酸素濃度が100ppm以下であることが好ましく、50ppm以下であることがより好ましい。大気下で熱処理を行うと、フィルムが酸化され、着色したり、性能が低下する可能性がある。
ただし、ポリイミドに含まれる炭素原子に結合する水素原子の50%以上が、芳香族環に直接結合する水素原子である場合は、光学特性に対する酸素の影響が少なく、不活性ガス雰囲気を用いなくても光透過性の高いポリイミドが得られる。
The atmosphere at the time of temperature increase in imidation is preferably an inert gas atmosphere. The inert gas atmosphere is preferably a nitrogen atmosphere, the oxygen concentration is preferably 100 ppm or less, and more preferably 50 ppm or less. When heat treatment is performed in the atmosphere, the film may be oxidized and colored, or the performance may deteriorate.
However, when 50% or more of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms contained in the polyimide are hydrogen atoms directly bonded to the aromatic ring, there is little influence of oxygen on the optical properties, and an inert gas atmosphere is not used. In addition, a polyimide having a high light transmittance can be obtained.
イミド化のための加熱方法は、上記温度で昇温が可能であれば特に制限はなく、例えばオーブンや、加熱炉、赤外線加熱、電磁誘導加熱等を用いることが可能である。 The heating method for imidation is not particularly limited as long as the temperature can be raised at the above temperature. For example, an oven, a heating furnace, infrared heating, electromagnetic induction heating, or the like can be used.
最終的なポリイミドフィルムを得るには、イミド化を90%以上、さらには95%以上、さらには100%まで反応を進行させることが好ましい。
イミド化を90%以上、さらには100%まで反応を進行させるには、昇温終了温度で一定時間保持することが好ましく、当該保持時間は、通常1分~180分、更に、5分~150分とすることが好ましい。
なお、イミド化率の測定は、赤外測定(IR)によるスペクトルの分析等により行うことができる。
In order to obtain a final polyimide film, it is preferable to proceed the reaction to 90% or more, further 95% or more, and further 100%.
In order to allow the reaction to proceed to 90% or more, more preferably 100%, it is preferable to hold at a temperature rising end temperature for a certain period of time. Minutes are preferred.
The imidation rate can be measured by analyzing the spectrum by infrared measurement (IR).
本開示のポリイミドフィルムの第2の製造方法としては、例えば、
ポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含む第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物、及びポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含む第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物をそれぞれ調製する工程と、
前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を支持体に塗布して、第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜上に、前記第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
加熱をすることにより、前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物が含有するポリイミド前駆体及び前記第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物が含有するポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する工程と、を含む製造方法が挙げられる。
前記第2の製造方法において、3層以上のポリイミド層を有するポリイミドフィルムを製造する方法としては、例えば、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程を、所望の層数になるまで行った後、前記イミド化する工程により、各ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜が含有する各ポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する方法が挙げられる。
前記第2の製造方法により、3層のポリイミド層を有するポリイミドフィルムを製造する方法としては、例えば、
ポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含む第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物、ポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含む第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物、及びポリイミド前駆体と、有機溶剤とを含む第3のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を調製する工程と、
前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を支持体に塗布して、第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜上に、前記第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
前記第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜上に、前記第3のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布して、第3のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
加熱をすることにより、前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物が含有するポリイミド前駆体、前記第2のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物が含有するポリイミド前駆体及び前記第3のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物が含有するポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する工程と、を含み、前記第1のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物と前記第3のポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物とは同じ組成であっても良い、製造方法が挙げられる。
前記第2の製造方法においては、所望の層数となるように形成された各ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜が、それぞれポリイミド層となる。
前記第2の製造方法は、ポリイミドフィルムの複屈折率を低減しやすい点から好ましい。前記第2の製造方法によれば、波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率が0.025以下、より好ましくは0.020以下であるポリイミドフィルムを好適に形成可能である。
As a 2nd manufacturing method of the polyimide film of this indication, for example,
Preparing a first polyimide precursor resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, and a second polyimide precursor resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, respectively;
Applying the first polyimide precursor resin composition to a support to form a first polyimide precursor resin coating;
Applying the second polyimide precursor resin composition on the first polyimide precursor resin coating film to form a second polyimide precursor resin coating film;
A step of imidizing a polyimide precursor contained in the first polyimide precursor resin composition and a polyimide precursor contained in the second polyimide precursor resin composition by heating. Is mentioned.
In the second production method, as a method of producing a polyimide film having three or more polyimide layers, for example, a step of applying a polyimide precursor resin composition to form a polyimide precursor resin coating film, After performing until it becomes the desired number of layers, the method of imidizing each polyimide precursor which each polyimide precursor resin coating film contains by the process of imidating is mentioned.
As a method for producing a polyimide film having three polyimide layers by the second production method, for example,
A first polyimide precursor resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, a second polyimide precursor resin composition containing a polyimide precursor and an organic solvent, a polyimide precursor, and an organic solvent. A step of preparing a third polyimide precursor resin composition comprising:
Applying the first polyimide precursor resin composition to a support to form a first polyimide precursor resin coating;
Applying the second polyimide precursor resin composition on the first polyimide precursor resin coating film to form a second polyimide precursor resin coating film;
Applying the third polyimide precursor resin composition on the second polyimide precursor resin coating to form a third polyimide precursor resin coating;
By heating, the polyimide precursor contained in the first polyimide precursor resin composition, the polyimide precursor contained in the second polyimide precursor resin composition, and the third polyimide precursor resin composition A step of imidizing a polyimide precursor contained in the first polyimide precursor resin composition and the third polyimide precursor resin composition may be the same composition, Can be mentioned.
In the said 2nd manufacturing method, each polyimide precursor resin coating film formed so that it might become a desired number of layers turns into a polyimide layer, respectively.
The second production method is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the birefringence of the polyimide film. According to the second production method, it is possible to suitably form a polyimide film having a birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of 0.025 or less, more preferably 0.020 or less.
前記第2の製造方法において、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を調製する工程、ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を塗布してポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成する工程、及びポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物が含有するポリイミド前駆体をイミド化する工程は、前記第1の製造方法と同様とすることができる。 In the second manufacturing method, the step of preparing a polyimide precursor resin composition, the step of applying a polyimide precursor resin composition to form a polyimide precursor resin coating, and the polyimide precursor resin composition contain The step of imidizing the polyimide precursor can be the same as in the first manufacturing method.
前記第2の製造方法においては、各ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を全て形成した後に、前記イミド化する工程を行うことが、互いに隣接するポリイミド層の境界に前記ミキシング領域を形成し得るため、層間密着性を向上し、干渉縞の発生を抑制する点から好ましい。 In the second manufacturing method, after forming each polyimide precursor resin coating film, performing the imidization step can form the mixing region at the boundary between adjacent polyimide layers. This is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion and suppressing the generation of interference fringes.
前記第2の製造方法において用いられる支持体としては、表面が平滑で耐熱性および耐溶剤性のある材料であれば特に制限はない。例えばガラス板などの無機材料、表面を鏡面処理した金属板等が挙げられる。また支持体の形状は塗布方式によって選択され、例えば板状であってもよく、またドラム状やベルト状、ロールに巻き取り可能なシート状等であってもよい。 The support used in the second production method is not particularly limited as long as the surface is smooth and the material has heat resistance and solvent resistance. For example, an inorganic material such as a glass plate, a metal plate having a mirror-finished surface, and the like can be given. The shape of the support is selected depending on the coating method, and may be, for example, a plate shape, a drum shape, a belt shape, a sheet shape that can be wound around a roll, or the like.
また、前記第2の製造方法は、全てのポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成した後であって、前記イミド化する工程の前のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜の積層体、及び、前記イミド化する工程の後のイミド化後塗膜の積層体の少なくとも一方を延伸する工程(以下、延伸工程という)を更に有していても良い。 In addition, the second manufacturing method is a method of forming the polyimide precursor resin coating film after all the polyimide precursor resin coating films are formed and before imidizing, and imidizing the polyimide precursor resin coating film. You may further have the process (henceforth an extending | stretching process) of extending | stretching at least one of the laminated body of the coating film after the imidation after a process.
当該製造方法において、延伸工程を有する場合、イミド化工程は、延伸工程前の前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜中のポリイミド前駆体に対して行っても良いし、延伸工程後の前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜中のポリイミド前駆体に対して行っても良いし、延伸工程前の前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜中のポリイミド前駆体及び延伸工程後の膜中に存在するポリイミド前駆体の両方に対して行っても良い。 In the said manufacturing method, when it has an extending process, an imidation process may be performed with respect to the polyimide precursor in the said polyimide precursor resin coating film before an extending process, and the said polyimide precursor resin after an extending process You may perform with respect to the polyimide precursor in a coating film, and with respect to both the polyimide precursor in the said polyimide precursor resin coating film before an extending process, and the polyimide precursor which exists in the film | membrane after an extending process. You can go.
前記第2の製造方法において、延伸工程を行う場合、前記イミド化する工程では、中でも、延伸工程前に、ポリイミド前駆体のイミド化率を50%以上とすることがより好ましい。延伸工程前にイミド化率を50%以上とすることにより、当該工程後に延伸を行い、その後さらに高い温度で一定時間加熱を行い、イミド化を行った場合であっても、フィルムの外観不良や白化が抑制される。中でもポリイミドフィルムの耐衝撃性が向上する点から、延伸工程前に、当該イミド化工程において、イミド化率を80%以上とすることが好ましく、90%以上、さらには100%まで反応を進行させることが好ましい。イミド化後に延伸することにより、剛直な高分子鎖が配向しやすいことから、表面硬度が向上して、耐衝撃性が向上すると推定される。 In the second manufacturing method, when the stretching step is performed, in the imidizing step, it is more preferable that the imidization ratio of the polyimide precursor is 50% or more before the stretching step. Even if the imidization rate is 50% or more before the stretching step, the film is stretched after the step, and then heated at a higher temperature for a certain period of time to perform imidization. Whitening is suppressed. In particular, from the point that the impact resistance of the polyimide film is improved, it is preferable that the imidization ratio is 80% or more in the imidization process before the stretching process, and the reaction is allowed to proceed to 90% or more, and further to 100%. It is preferable. By stretching after imidization, a rigid polymer chain is easily oriented, so that it is estimated that surface hardness is improved and impact resistance is improved.
前記第2の製造方法において延伸工程を有する場合は、中でも、イミド化後塗膜の積層体を延伸する工程を含むことが、ポリイミドフィルムの耐衝撃性が向上する点から好ましい。 In the case of having a stretching step in the second production method, it is preferable to include a step of stretching the laminate of the coating film after imidization from the viewpoint of improving the impact resistance of the polyimide film.
前記第2の製造方法が延伸工程を有する場合は、延伸を実施する前の初期の寸法を100%とした時に101%以上10000%以下延伸する工程を、80℃以上で加熱しながら行うことが好ましい。
延伸時の加熱温度は、ポリイミド乃至ポリイミド前駆体のガラス転移温度±50℃の範囲内であることが好ましく、ガラス転移温度±40℃の範囲内であることが好ましい。延伸温度が低すぎるとフィルムが変形せず充分に配向を誘起できない恐れがある。一方で、延伸温度が高すぎると延伸によって得られた配向が温度で緩和し、充分な配向が得られない恐れがある。
延伸工程は、イミド化工程と同時に行っても良い。イミド化率80%以上、更に90%以上、より更に95%以上、特に実質的に100%イミド化を行った後のイミド化後塗膜を延伸することが、ポリイミドフィルムの耐衝撃性を向上する点から好ましい。
When the second production method has a stretching step, the step of stretching 101% or more and 10000% or less when the initial dimension before stretching is 100% is performed while heating at 80 ° C. or more. preferable.
The heating temperature during stretching is preferably in the range of glass transition temperature ± 50 ° C. of the polyimide or polyimide precursor, and preferably in the range of glass transition temperature ± 40 ° C. If the stretching temperature is too low, the film may not be deformed and the orientation may not be sufficiently induced. On the other hand, if the stretching temperature is too high, the orientation obtained by stretching is relaxed by the temperature, and there is a possibility that sufficient orientation cannot be obtained.
The stretching step may be performed simultaneously with the imidization step. 80% or more of imidization rate, more than 90%, even more than 95%, especially extending the film after imidization after substantially 100% imidation improves the impact resistance of the polyimide film This is preferable.
ポリイミドフィルムの延伸倍率は、好ましくは101%以上10000%以下であり、さらに好ましくは101%以上500%以下である。上記範囲で延伸を行うことにより、得られるポリイミドフィルムの耐衝撃性をより向上することができる。 The draw ratio of the polyimide film is preferably from 101% to 10,000%, more preferably from 101% to 500%. By stretching in the above range, the impact resistance of the resulting polyimide film can be further improved.
延伸時におけるポリイミドフィルムの固定方法は、特に制限はなく、延伸装置の種類等に合わせて選択される。また、延伸方法は特に制限はなく、例えばテンター等の搬送装置を有する延伸装置を用い、加熱炉を通しながら延伸することが可能である。ポリイミドフィルムは、一方向のみに延伸(縦延伸または横延伸)してもよく、また同時2軸延伸、もしくは逐次2軸延伸、斜め延伸等によって、二方向に延伸処理を行ってもよい。 The method for fixing the polyimide film during stretching is not particularly limited, and is selected according to the type of stretching apparatus. Moreover, there is no restriction | limiting in particular in the extending | stretching method, For example, it can extend | stretch through a heating furnace using the extending | stretching apparatus which has conveyance apparatuses, such as a tenter. The polyimide film may be stretched only in one direction (longitudinal stretching or lateral stretching), or may be stretched in two directions by simultaneous biaxial stretching, sequential biaxial stretching, oblique stretching, or the like.
本開示のポリイミドフィルムの製造方法としては、更に、第3の製造方法として、
ポリイミド成形体を準備する工程と、
ポリイミドと、有機溶剤とを含むポリイミド樹脂組成物を調製する工程と、
前記ポリイミド成形体の少なくとも一方の面に、前記ポリイミド樹脂組成物を塗布して、ポリイミド樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、を含む製造方法が挙げられる。
また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムの製造方法としては、第4の製造方法として、
ポリイミドと、有機溶剤とを含む第1のポリイミド樹脂組成物、及びポリイミドと、有機溶剤とを含む第2のポリイミド樹脂組成物をそれぞれ調製する工程と、
前記第1のポリイミド樹脂組成物を支持体に塗布して、第1のポリイミド樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、
前記第1のポリイミド樹脂塗膜上に、前記第2のポリイミド樹脂組成物を塗布して、第2のポリイミド樹脂塗膜を形成する工程と、を含む製造方法が挙げられる。
前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法において、3層以上のポリイミド層を有するポリイミドフィルムを製造する方法としては、例えば、ポリイミド樹脂塗膜を形成する工程を、所望の層数になるまで行う方法が挙げられる。
As a manufacturing method of the polyimide film of the present disclosure, as a third manufacturing method,
Preparing a polyimide molded body;
A step of preparing a polyimide resin composition containing polyimide and an organic solvent;
And a step of applying the polyimide resin composition to at least one surface of the polyimide molded body to form a polyimide resin coating film.
Moreover, as a manufacturing method of the polyimide film of this indication, as a 4th manufacturing method,
A step of preparing a first polyimide resin composition containing polyimide and an organic solvent, and a second polyimide resin composition containing polyimide and an organic solvent;
Applying the first polyimide resin composition to a support to form a first polyimide resin coating;
And a step of applying the second polyimide resin composition on the first polyimide resin coating film to form a second polyimide resin coating film.
In the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method, as a method of manufacturing a polyimide film having three or more polyimide layers, for example, a step of forming a polyimide resin coating film has a desired number of layers. The method to do is mentioned.
前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法は、使用するポリイミドが、25℃で有機溶剤に5質量%以上溶解するような溶剤溶解性を有する場合に、好適に用いることができる。
前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法は、ポリイミドフィルムの黄色度(YI値)を低減しやすい点から好ましく、前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)を膜厚(μm)で割った値(YI値/膜厚(μm))が0.330以下、より好ましくは0.200以下、より更に好ましくは0.150以下のポリイミドフィルムを好適に形成可能である。
The third production method and the fourth production method can be suitably used when the polyimide to be used has solvent solubility such that 5% by mass or more dissolves in an organic solvent at 25 ° C.
The third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method are preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the yellowness (YI value) of the polyimide film, and the yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006. A polyimide film having a value (YI value / film thickness (μm)) divided by the film thickness (μm) of 0.330 or less, more preferably 0.200 or less, and even more preferably 0.150 or less can be suitably formed. It is.
前記第3の製造方法において、ポリイミド成形体を準備する工程は、前記第1の製造方法のポリイミド成形体準備工程と同様とすることができる。中でも、前記第3の製造方法においては、ポリイミド成形体の製造方法として、前記製造方法Bを用いることが、ポリイミドフィルムの黄色度(YI値)を低減する効果が高い点で好ましく、前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)を膜厚(μm)で割った値(YI値/膜厚(μm))が0.030以下、より好ましくは0.025以下のポリイミドフィルムを好適に形成可能である。前記第4の製造方法によっても、前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)を膜厚(μm)で割った値(YI値/膜厚(μm))が0.030以下、より好ましくは0.025以下のポリイミドフィルムを好適に形成可能である。
前記第4の製造方法に用いられる支持体としては、前記第2の製造方法に用いられる支持体と同様のものが挙げられる。
以下、前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法における、ポリイミド樹脂組成物を調製する工程(以下、ポリイミド樹脂組成物調製工程という)、及びポリイミド樹脂塗膜を形成する工程(以下、ポリイミド樹脂塗膜形成工程という)について、詳細に説明する。
In the third manufacturing method, the step of preparing the polyimide molded body can be the same as the polyimide molded body preparing step of the first manufacturing method. Among these, in the third manufacturing method, it is preferable to use the manufacturing method B as a method for manufacturing a polyimide molded body in terms of a high effect of reducing the yellowness (YI value) of the polyimide film, and the JIS K7373. -A polyimide whose yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with 2006 is divided by the film thickness (μm) (YI value / film thickness (μm)) is 0.030 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less. A film can be suitably formed. Also by the fourth manufacturing method, the value (YI value / film thickness (μm)) obtained by dividing the yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 by the film thickness (μm) is 0. A polyimide film of 030 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less can be suitably formed.
Examples of the support used in the fourth manufacturing method include the same supports as those used in the second manufacturing method.
Hereinafter, a step of preparing a polyimide resin composition (hereinafter referred to as a polyimide resin composition preparation step) and a step of forming a polyimide resin coating film (hereinafter referred to as polyimide) in the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method. The resin coating film forming step) will be described in detail.
前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法のポリイミド樹脂組成物調製工程において用いられるポリイミドは、前記ポリイミド層において説明したのと同様のポリイミドの中から、前述した溶剤溶解性を有するポリイミドを選択して用いることができる。イミド化する方法としては、ポリイミド前駆体の脱水閉環反応について、加熱脱水の代わりに、化学イミド化剤を用いて行う化学イミド化を用いることが好ましい。化学イミド化を行う場合は、脱水触媒としてピリジンやβ―ピコリン酸等のアミン、ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミドなどのカルボジイミド、無水酢酸等の酸無水物等、公知の化合物を用いても良い。酸無水物としては無水酢酸に限らず、プロピオン酸無水物、n-酪酸無水物、安息香酸無水物、トリフルオロ酢酸無水物等が挙げられるが特に限定されない。また、その際にピリジンやβ―ピコリン酸等の3級アミンを併用してもよい。ただし、これらアミン類は、フィルム中に残存すると光学特性、特に黄色度(YI値)を低下させるため、前駆体からポリイミドへと反応させた反応液をそのままキャストして製膜するのではなく、再沈殿などにより精製し、ポリイミド以外の成分をそれぞれ、ポリイミド全重量の100ppm以下まで除去してから製膜することが好ましい。 The polyimide used in the polyimide resin composition preparation step of the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method is the polyimide having the solvent solubility described above from the same polyimides described in the polyimide layer. It can be selected and used. As a method for imidization, it is preferable to use chemical imidation using a chemical imidizing agent instead of heat dehydration for the dehydration ring-closing reaction of the polyimide precursor. In the case of performing chemical imidization, known compounds such as amines such as pyridine and β-picolinic acid, carbodiimides such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, and acid anhydrides such as acetic anhydride may be used as a dehydration catalyst. Examples of the acid anhydride are not limited to acetic anhydride, and propionic acid anhydride, n-butyric acid anhydride, benzoic acid anhydride, trifluoroacetic acid anhydride, and the like, but are not particularly limited. At that time, a tertiary amine such as pyridine or β-picolinic acid may be used in combination. However, when these amines remain in the film, the optical properties, particularly the yellowness (YI value), are reduced. Therefore, the reaction liquid reacted from the precursor to the polyimide is not cast as it is, It is preferable to form the film after purification by reprecipitation or the like, and removing components other than polyimide to 100 ppm or less of the total weight of the polyimide.
前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法のポリイミド樹脂組成物調製工程において、ポリイミド前駆体の化学イミド化を行う反応液に用いられる有機溶剤としては、例えば、前記第1の製造方法における前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物調製工程において説明したものと同様のものを用いることができる。ポリイミド樹脂組成物調製工程において、反応液から精製したポリイミドを再溶解させる際に用いられる有機溶剤としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノ-ノルマル-ブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、オルト-ジクロルベンゼン、キシレン、クレゾール、クロルベンゼン、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸ノルマル-ブチル、酢酸ノルマル-プロピル、酢酸ノルマル-ペンチル、シクロヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノン、1.4-ジオキサン、テトラクロルエチレン、トルエン、メチルイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロヘキサノール、メチルシクロヘキサノン、メチル-ノルマル-ブチルケトン、ジクロロメタン、ジクロロエタン及びこれらの混合溶剤等が挙げられ、中でも、ジクロロメタン、酢酸ノルマル-ブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート及びこれらの混合溶剤からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を好ましく用いることができる。 In the polyimide resin composition preparation step of the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method, examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction solution for performing chemical imidation of the polyimide precursor include the first manufacturing method. The thing similar to what was demonstrated in the said polyimide precursor resin composition preparation process can be used. Examples of the organic solvent used when redissolving the polyimide purified from the reaction solution in the polyimide resin composition preparation step include ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-normal-butyl ether, Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ortho-dichlorobenzene, xylene, cresol, chlorobenzene, isobutyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, normal-butyl acetate, normal-propyl acetate, normal-pentyl acetate, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanone, 1.4-Dioxane, tetrachloroethylene, toluene, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexanol, methylcyclohexane Sanone, methyl-normal-butyl ketone, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, and mixed solvents thereof are mentioned. Among them, at least one selected from the group consisting of dichloromethane, normal-butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and mixed solvents thereof is used. It can be preferably used.
前記ポリイミド樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて添加剤を含有していてもよい。前記添加剤としては、前記第1の製造方法における前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物調製工程において説明したものと同様のものを用いることができる。
また、前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法において、前記ポリイミド樹脂組成物の含有水分量1000ppm以下とする方法としては、前記第1の製造方法における前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物調製工程において説明した方法と同様の方法を用いることができる。
The polyimide resin composition may contain an additive as necessary. As said additive, the thing similar to what was demonstrated in the said polyimide precursor resin composition preparation process in a said 1st manufacturing method can be used.
Moreover, in the said 3rd manufacturing method and the said 4th manufacturing method, as a method of making the content water content of the said polyimide resin composition into 1000 ppm or less, the said polyimide precursor resin composition preparation process in a said 1st manufacturing method A method similar to the method described in the above can be used.
また、前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法におけるポリイミド樹脂塗膜形成工程において、塗布方法は、前記第1の製造方法のポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜形成工程において説明したものと同様のものを用いることができる。
前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法におけるポリイミド樹脂塗膜形成工程においては、前記ポリイミド樹脂組成物を塗布した後、必要に応じて溶剤を乾燥する。乾燥温度としては、常圧下では80℃以上150℃以下とすることが好ましい。減圧下では10℃以上100℃以下の範囲とすることが好ましい。前記第3の製造方法及び前記第4の製造方法においては、150℃以下で溶剤を乾燥した後、150℃超過300℃以下で更に乾燥しても良い。
Further, in the polyimide resin coating film forming step in the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method, the coating method is the same as described in the polyimide precursor resin coating film forming step of the first manufacturing method. Things can be used.
In the polyimide resin coating film forming step in the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method, after applying the polyimide resin composition, the solvent is dried as necessary. The drying temperature is preferably 80 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower under normal pressure. It is preferable that the pressure be in the range of 10 ° C. to 100 ° C. under reduced pressure. In the third manufacturing method and the fourth manufacturing method, after the solvent is dried at 150 ° C. or lower, the solvent may be further dried at 150 ° C. or higher and 300 ° C. or lower.
また、前記第4の製造方法は、全てのポリイミド樹脂塗膜を形成した後、ポリイミド樹脂塗膜の積層体を延伸する延伸工程を有していてもよい。当該延伸工程は、前記第2の製造方法における延伸工程と同様にすることができる。 Further, the fourth manufacturing method may include a stretching step of stretching the laminate of the polyimide resin coating film after forming all the polyimide resin coating films. The said extending process can be made to be the same as the extending process in the said 2nd manufacturing method.
5.ポリイミドフィルムの用途
本開示のポリイミドフィルムの用途は特に限定されるものではなく、従来薄い板ガラス等ガラス製品が用いられていた基材や表面材等の部材として用いることができる。本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性が向上したものであるため、中でも、曲面に対応できるディスプレイ用の基材や表面材等の部材として好適に用いることができる。
本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、具体的には例えば、薄くて曲げられるフレキシブルタイプの有機ELディスプレイや、スマートフォンや腕時計型端末などの携帯端末、自動車内部の表示装置、腕時計などに使用するフレキシブルパネル等に好適に用いることができる。また、本開示のポリイミドフィルムは、液晶表示装置、有機EL表示装置等の画像表示装置用部材や、タッチパネル用部材、フレキシブルプリント基板、表面保護膜や基板材料等の太陽電池パネル用部材、光導波路用部材、その他半導体関連部材等に適用することもできる。
5). Use of polyimide film The use of the polyimide film of the present disclosure is not particularly limited, and can be used as a member such as a base material or a surface material for which a glass product such as a thin plate glass has been conventionally used. Since the polyimide film of the present disclosure has improved impact resistance and bending resistance, it can be suitably used as a member such as a base material for display or a surface material that can handle curved surfaces.
Specifically, the polyimide film of the present disclosure is, for example, a thin and bent flexible organic EL display, a mobile terminal such as a smartphone or a wristwatch type terminal, a display device inside an automobile, a flexible panel used for a wristwatch, or the like. It can be used suitably. In addition, the polyimide film of the present disclosure includes a member for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL display device, a member for a touch panel, a flexible printed circuit board, a surface protection film and a substrate material for a solar cell panel, an optical waveguide, etc. The present invention can also be applied to other members, other semiconductor-related members and the like.
II.積層体
本開示の積層体は、前述した本開示のポリイミドフィルムと、ラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種の重合物を含有するハードコート層とを有する積層体である。
II. Laminate The laminate of the present disclosure is a laminate having the above-described polyimide film of the present disclosure and a hard coat layer containing at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
本開示の積層体は、前述した本開示のポリイミドフィルムを用いたものであるため、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性が向上したものであり、更にハードコート層を有するため、表面硬度が向上し、更に耐衝撃性がより向上したものである。 Since the laminate of the present disclosure uses the polyimide film of the present disclosure described above, it has improved impact resistance and bending resistance, and further has a hard coat layer, thereby improving surface hardness, Impact resistance is further improved.
1.ポリイミドフィルム
本開示の積層体に用いられるポリイミドフィルムとしては、前述した本開示のポリイミドフィルムを用いることができるので、ここでの説明を省略する。
1. Polyimide film Since the polyimide film of this indication mentioned above can be used as a polyimide film used for the layered product of this indication, explanation here is omitted.
2.ハードコート層
本開示の積層体に用いられるハードコート層は、ラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種の重合物を含有する。
2. Hard coat layer The hard coat layer used in the laminate of the present disclosure contains at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound.
(1)ラジカル重合性化合物
ラジカル重合性化合物とは、ラジカル重合性基を有する化合物である。前記ラジカル重合性化合物が有するラジカル重合性基としては、ラジカル重合反応を生じ得る官能基であればよく、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合を含む基などが挙げられ、具体的には、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基などが挙げられる。なお、前記ラジカル重合性化合物が2個以上のラジカル重合性基を有する場合、これらのラジカル重合性基はそれぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
(1) Radical polymerizable compound The radical polymerizable compound is a compound having a radical polymerizable group. The radical polymerizable group possessed by the radical polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a functional group capable of causing a radical polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include a group containing a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond. Specific examples include a vinyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group. When the radical polymerizable compound has two or more radical polymerizable groups, these radical polymerizable groups may be the same or different from each other.
前記ラジカル重合性化合物が1分子中に有するラジカル重合性基の数は、ハードコート層の硬度を向上する点から、2つ以上であることが好ましく、更に3つ以上であることが好ましい。
前記ラジカル重合性化合物としては、反応性の高さの点から、中でも(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物が好ましく、更に、密着性の点、並びに光透過性と表面硬度及び耐衝撃性の点から、(メタ)アクリロイル基を1分子中に2つ以上有する化合物が好ましい。例えば、1分子中に2~6個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する多官能アクリレートモノマーと称される化合物やウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートと称される分子内に数個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する分子量が数百から数千のオリゴマーを好ましく使用できる。
なお、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリロイルとは、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
The number of radical polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the radical polymerizable compound is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or more from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer.
As the radically polymerizable compound, a compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of high reactivity, and further, from the viewpoint of adhesion, light transmittance, surface hardness, and impact resistance. A compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule is preferable. For example, a compound called a polyfunctional acrylate monomer having 2 to 6 (meth) acryloyl groups in one molecule, a molecule called urethane (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, or epoxy (meth) acrylate An oligomer having a molecular weight of several hundreds to several thousands having several (meth) acryloyl groups therein can be preferably used.
In this specification, (meth) acryloyl represents each of acryloyl and methacryloyl, and (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
前記ラジカル重合性化合物としては、具体的には、例えば、ジビニルベンゼンなどのビニル化合物;エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAエポキシジ(メタ)アクリレート、9,9-ビス[4-(2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン、アルキレンオキサイド変性ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、エトキシ化(エチレンオキサイド変性)ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレートなど)、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等のポリオールポリアクリレート類、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテルのジアクリレート、ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテルのジアクリレート等のエポキシアクリレート類、ポリイソシナネートとヒドロキシエチルアクリレート等の水酸基含有アクリレートの反応によって得られるウレタンアクリレート等を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the radical polymerizable compound include vinyl compounds such as divinylbenzene; ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A epoxy di (meth) acrylate, 9,9-bis [4- (2- ( Meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, alkylene oxide modified bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate (eg ethoxylated (ethylene oxide modified) bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate), trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tri Methylolethane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaeryth Polyol polyacrylates such as lithol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether diacrylate, hexanediol diglycidyl ether diacrylate, etc. Examples include acrylates, urethane acrylates obtained by the reaction of polyisocyanate and hydroxyl group-containing acrylates such as hydroxyethyl acrylate.
(2)カチオン重合性化合物
カチオン重合性化合物とは、カチオン重合性基を有する化合物である。前記カチオン重合性化合物が有するカチオン重合性基としては、カチオン重合反応を生じ得る官能基であればよく、特に限定されないが、例えば、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、ビニルエーテル基などが挙げられる。なお、前記カチオン重合性化合物が2個以上のカチオン重合性基を有する場合、これらのカチオン重合性基はそれぞれ同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
(2) Cationic polymerizable compound The cationic polymerizable compound is a compound having a cationic polymerizable group. The cationic polymerizable group possessed by the cationic polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a functional group capable of causing a cationic polymerization reaction, and examples thereof include an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, and a vinyl ether group. When the cationic polymerizable compound has two or more cationic polymerizable groups, these cationic polymerizable groups may be the same or different from each other.
前記カチオン重合性化合物が1分子中に有するカチオン重合性基の数は、ハードコート層の硬度を向上する点から、2つ以上であることが好ましく、更に3つ以上であることが好ましい。
また、前記カチオン重合性化合物としては、中でも、カチオン重合性基としてエポキシ基及びオキセタニル基の少なくとも1種を有する化合物が好ましく、密着性の点、並びに光透過性と表面硬度及び耐衝撃性の点から、エポキシ基及びオキセタニル基の少なくとも1種を1分子中に2つ以上有する化合物がより好ましい。エポキシ基、オキセタニル基等の環状エーテル基は、重合反応に伴う収縮が小さいという点から好ましい。また、環状エーテル基のうちエポキシ基を有する化合物は多様な構造の化合物が入手し易く、得られたハードコート層の耐久性に悪影響を与えず、ラジカル重合性化合物との相溶性もコントロールし易いという利点がある。また、環状エーテル基のうちオキセタニル基は、エポキシ基と比較して重合度が高い、低毒性であり、得られたハードコート層をエポキシ基を有する化合物と組み合わせた際に塗膜中でのカチオン重合性化合物から得られるネットワーク形成速度を早め、ラジカル重合性化合物と混在する領域でも未反応のモノマーを膜中に残さずに独立したネットワークを形成する等の利点がある。
The number of cationically polymerizable groups contained in one molecule of the cationically polymerizable compound is preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 3 or more from the viewpoint of improving the hardness of the hard coat layer.
The cationic polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having at least one of an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group as the cationic polymerizable group, in terms of adhesion, light transmittance, surface hardness, and impact resistance. Therefore, a compound having two or more epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups in one molecule is more preferable. Cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups and oxetanyl groups are preferred from the viewpoint of small shrinkage accompanying the polymerization reaction. In addition, compounds having an epoxy group among the cyclic ether groups are easily available as compounds having various structures, do not adversely affect the durability of the obtained hard coat layer, and easily control the compatibility with the radical polymerizable compound. There is an advantage. Of the cyclic ether groups, the oxetanyl group has a high degree of polymerization and low toxicity compared to the epoxy group. When the obtained hard coat layer is combined with a compound having an epoxy group, a cation in the coating film is obtained. There are advantages such as speeding up the network formation obtained from the polymerizable compound and forming an independent network without leaving unreacted monomer in the film even in a region mixed with the radical polymerizable compound.
エポキシ基を有するカチオン重合性化合物としては、例えば、脂環族環を有する多価アルコールのポリグリシジルエーテル又は、シクロヘキセン環、シクロペンテン環含有化合物を、過酸化水素、過酸等の適当な酸化剤でエポキシ化する事によって得られる脂環族エポキシ樹脂;脂肪族多価アルコール、又はそのアルキレンオキサイド付加物のポリグリシジルエーテル、脂肪族長鎖多塩基酸のポリグリシジルエステル、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートのホモポリマー、コポリマーなどの脂肪族エポキシ樹脂;ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールFや水添ビスフェノールA等のビスフェノール類、又はそれらのアルキレンオキサイド付加体、カプロラクトン付加体等の誘導体と、エピクロルヒドリンとの反応によって製造されるグリシジルエーテル、及びノボラックエポキシ樹脂等でありビスフェノール類から誘導されるグリシジルエーテル型エポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。 As the cationically polymerizable compound having an epoxy group, for example, a polyglycidyl ether of a polyhydric alcohol having an alicyclic ring, a cyclohexene ring or a cyclopentene ring-containing compound may be used with an appropriate oxidizing agent such as hydrogen peroxide or peracid. Alicyclic epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation; polyglycidyl ether of aliphatic polyhydric alcohol or alkylene oxide adduct thereof, polyglycidyl ester of aliphatic long-chain polybasic acid, homopolymer of glycidyl (meth) acrylate, Aliphatic epoxy resins such as copolymers; glycidyl produced by reaction of bisphenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F and hydrogenated bisphenol A, or derivatives thereof such as alkylene oxide adducts and caprolactone adducts, and epichlorohydrin Ether, and novolac epoxy resins such as a and glycidyl ether type epoxy resins derived from bisphenols are exemplified.
上記脂環族エポキシ樹脂としては、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート(UVR-6105、UVR-6107、UVR-6110)、ビス-3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルアディペート(UVR-6128)(以上、カッコ内は商品名で、ダウ・ケミカル製である。)が挙げられる。 Examples of the alicyclic epoxy resin include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate (UVR-6105, UVR-6107, UVR-6110), bis-3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl adipate. (UVR-6128) (The product names in parentheses are manufactured by Dow Chemical.)
また、上記グリシジルエーテル型エポキシ樹脂としては、ソルビトールポリグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-611、デナコールEX-612、デナコールEX-614、デナコールEX-614B、デナコールEX-622)、ポリグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-512、デナコールEX-521)、ペンタエリスリトルポリグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-411)、ジグリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-421)、グリセロールポリグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-313、デナコールEX-314)、トリメチロールプロパンポリグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-321)、レソルチノールジグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-201)、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-211)、1,6ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX―212)、ヒドロジビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-252)、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-810、デナコールEX-811)、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX―850、デナコールEX―851、デナコールEX―821)、プロピレングリコールグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX―911)、ポリプロピレングリコールグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX―941、デナコールEX-920)、アリルグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-111)、2-エチルヘキシルグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-121)、フェニルグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-141)、フェノールグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-145)、ブチルフェニルグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-146)、ジグリシジルフタレート(デナコールEX-721)、ヒドロキノンジグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-203)、ジグリシジルテレフタレート(デナコールEX-711)、グリシジルフタルイミド(デナコールEX-731)、ジブロモフェニルグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-147)、ジブロモネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル(デナコールEX-221) (以上、カッコ内は商品名で、ナガセケムテックス製である。)が挙げられる。 Examples of the glycidyl ether type epoxy resin include sorbitol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-611, Denacol EX-612, Denacol EX-614, Denacol EX-614B, Denacol EX-622), Polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX). -512, Denacol EX-521), pentaerythritol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-411), diglycerol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-421), glycerol polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-313, Denacol EX-314), Trimethylolpropane polyglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-321), resortinol diglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-201), neopentyl glycol diglycol Dil ether (Denacol EX-211), 1,6 hexanediol diglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-212), hydrodibisphenol A diglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-252), ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-810, Denacol) EX-811), polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-850, Denacol EX-851, Denacol EX-821), propylene glycol glycidyl ether (Denacol EX-911), polypropylene glycol glycidyl ether (Denacol EX-941, Denacol EX) -920), allyl glycidyl ether (Denacol EX-111), 2-ethylhexyl glycidyl ether (Denacol EX-121), phenyl glycidyl ether (Denacol EX-141), phenol glycidyl ether (Denacol EX-145), butylphenyl glycidyl ether (Denacol EX-146), diglycidyl phthalate (Denacol EX-721), hydroquinone diglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-203), Diglycidyl terephthalate (Denacol EX-711), glycidyl phthalimide (Denacol EX-731), dibromophenyl glycidyl ether (Denacol EX-147), dibromoneopentylglycol diglycidyl ether (Denacol EX-221) The name is made by Nagase ChemteX).
また、その他の市販品のエポキシ樹脂としては、商品名エピコート825、エピコート827、エピコート828、エピコート828EL、エピコート828XA、エピコート834、エピコート801、エピコート801P、エピコート802、エピコート815、エピコート815XA、エピコート816A、エピコート819、エピコート834X90、エピコート1001B80、エピコート1001X70、エピコート1001X75、エピコート1001T75、エピコート806、エピコート806P、エピコート807、エピコート152、エピコート154、エピコート871、エピコート191P、エピコートYX310、エピコートDX255、エピコートYX8000、エピコートYX8034等(以上商品名、ジャパンエポキシレジン製)が挙げられる。 Other commercially available epoxy resins include trade names such as Epicoat 825, Epicoat 827, Epicoat 828, Epicoat 828EL, Epicoat 828XA, Epicoat 834, Epicoat 801, Epicoat 801P, Epicoat 802, Epicoat 815, Epicoat 815XA, Epicoat 816A, Epicoat 819, Epicoat 834X90, Epicoat 1001B80, Epicoat 1001X70, Epicoat 1001X75, Epicoat 1001T75, Epicoat 806, Epicoat 806P, Epicoat 807, Epicoat 152, Epicoat 154, Epicoat 871, Epicoat 191P, Epicoat YX310, Epicoat DX255, Epicoat YX8000, Etc. (above product name, Turbocharger bread epoxy resin) and the like.
オキセタニル基を有するカチオン重合性化合物としては、例えば、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン(OXT-101)、1,4-ビス-3-エチルオキセタン-3-イルメトキシメチルベンゼン(OXT-121)、ビス-1-エチル-3-オキセタニルメチルエーテル(OXT-221)、3-エチル-3-2-エチルへキシロキシメチルオキセタン(OXT-212)、3-エチル-3-フェノキシメチルオキセタン(OXT-211)(以上、カッコ内は商品名で東亜合成製である。)や、商品名エタナコールEHO、エタナコールOXBP、エタナコールOXTP、エタナコールOXMA(以上商品名、宇部興産製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the cationically polymerizable compound having an oxetanyl group include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane (OXT-101), 1,4-bis-3-ethyloxetane-3-ylmethoxymethylbenzene (OXT-121). Bis-1-ethyl-3-oxetanyl methyl ether (OXT-221), 3-ethyl-3--2-ethylhexyloxymethyl oxetane (OXT-212), 3-ethyl-3-phenoxymethyl oxetane (OXT- 211) (in the parentheses, the product names are manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.), and the product names Etanacol EHO, Etanacol OXBP, Etanacol OXTP, and Etanacol OXMA (above, trade names, manufactured by Ube Industries).
(3)重合開始剤
本開示に用いられるハードコート層が含有する前記ラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種の重合物は、例えば、前記ラジカル重合性化合物及び前記カチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種に、必要に応じて重合開始剤を添加して、公知の方法で重合反応させることにより得ることができる。
(3) Polymerization initiator At least one polymer of the radical polymerizable compound and the cationic polymerizable compound contained in the hard coat layer used in the present disclosure is, for example, the radical polymerizable compound or the cationic polymerizable compound. It can be obtained by adding a polymerization initiator to at least one kind, if necessary, and carrying out a polymerization reaction by a known method.
前記重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤、カチオン重合開始剤、ラジカル及びカチオン重合開始剤等を適宜選択して用いることができる。これらの重合開始剤は、光照射及び加熱の少なくとも一種により分解されて、ラジカルもしくはカチオンを発生してラジカル重合とカチオン重合を進行させるものである。 As the polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator, a cationic polymerization initiator, a radical, a cationic polymerization initiator, and the like can be appropriately selected and used. These polymerization initiators are decomposed by at least one of light irradiation and heating to generate radicals or cations to advance radical polymerization and cationic polymerization.
ラジカル重合開始剤は、光照射及び加熱の少なくともいずれかによりラジカル重合を開始させる物質を放出することが可能であれば良い。例えば、光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、イミダゾール誘導体、ビスイミダゾール誘導体、N-アリールグリシン誘導体、有機アジド化合物、チタノセン類、アルミナート錯体、有機過酸化物、N-アルコキシピリジニウム塩、チオキサントン誘導体等が挙げられ、更に具体的には、1,3-ジ(tert-ブチルジオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラキス(tert-ブチルジオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3-フェニル-5-イソオキサゾロン、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール、ビス(2,4,5-トリフェニル)イミダゾール、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン(商品名イルガキュア651、チバ・ジャパン(株)製)、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニル-ケトン(商品名イルガキュア184、チバ・ジャパン(株)製)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタン-1-オン(商品名イルガキュア369、チバ・ジャパン(株)製)、ビス(η5-2,4-シクロペンタジエン-1-イル)-ビス(2,6-ジフルオロ-3-(1H-ピロール-1-イル)-フェニル)チタニウム)(商品名イルガキュア784、チバ・ジャパン(株)製)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 The radical polymerization initiator may be any substance that can release a substance that initiates radical polymerization by light irradiation and / or heating. For example, photo radical polymerization initiators include imidazole derivatives, bisimidazole derivatives, N-aryl glycine derivatives, organic azide compounds, titanocenes, aluminate complexes, organic peroxides, N-alkoxypyridinium salts, thioxanthone derivatives, and the like. More specifically, 1,3-di (tert-butyldioxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-tetrakis (tert-butyldioxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 3-phenyl-5- Isoxazolone, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, bis (2,4,5-triphenyl) imidazole, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one (trade name Irgacure 651, Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl Ketone (trade name Irgacure 184, manufactured by Ciba Japan), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butan-1-one (trade names Irgacure 369, Ciba Japan ( Bis (η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl) -bis (2,6-difluoro-3- (1H-pyrrol-1-yl) -phenyl) titanium) (trade name Irgacure 784) However, it is not limited to these.
上記以外にも、市販品が使用でき、具体的には、チバ・ジャパン(株)製のイルガキュア907、イルガキュア379、イルガキュア819、イルガキュア127、イルガキュア500、イルガキュア754、イルガキュア250、イルガキュア1800、イルガキュア1870、イルガキュアOXE01、DAROCUR TPO、DAROCUR1173、日本シイベルヘグナー(株)製のSpeedcureMBB、SpeedcurePBZ、SpeedcureITX、SpeedcureCTX、SpeedcureEDB、Esacure ONE、Esacure KIP150、Esacure KTO46、日本化薬(株)製のKAYACURE DETX-S、KAYACURE CTX、KAYACURE BMS、KAYACURE DMBI等が挙げられる。 In addition to the above, commercially available products can be used. Specifically, Irgacure 907, Irgacure 379, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 500, Irgacure 754, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 1800, Irgacure 1870 manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. , Irgacure OXE01, DAROCUR TPO, DAROCUR1173, Japan Siber Hegner Co., Ltd. of SpeedcureMBB, SpeedcurePBZ, SpeedcureITX, SpeedcureCTX, SpeedcureEDB, Esacure ONE, Esacure KIP150, Esacure KTO46, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., of (stock) KAYACURE DETX-S, KAYACURE CTX , KAYACURE BMS, KAYACURE DMBI, etc. may be mentioned.
また、カチオン重合開始剤は、光照射及び加熱の少なくともいずれかによりカチオン重合を開始させる物質を放出することが可能であれば良い。カチオン重合開始剤としては、スルホン酸エステル、イミドスルホネート、ジアルキル-4-ヒドロキシスルホニウム塩、アリールスルホン酸-p-ニトロベンジルエステル、シラノール-アルミニウム錯体、(η6-ベンゼン)(η5-シクロペンタジエニル)鉄(II)等が例示され、さらに具体的には、ベンゾイントシレート、2,5-ジニトロベンジルトシレート、N-トシフタル酸イミド等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Moreover, the cationic polymerization initiator should just be able to discharge | release the substance which starts cationic polymerization by at least any one of light irradiation and a heating. Examples of the cationic polymerization initiator include sulfonic acid ester, imide sulfonate, dialkyl-4-hydroxysulfonium salt, arylsulfonic acid-p-nitrobenzyl ester, silanol-aluminum complex, (η 6 -benzene) (η 5 -cyclopentadidiene). Enyl) iron (II) and the like, and more specific examples include, but are not limited to, benzoin tosylate, 2,5-dinitrobenzyl tosylate, N-tosiphthalimide and the like.
ラジカル重合開始剤としても、カチオン重合開始剤としても用いられるものとしては、芳香族ヨードニウム塩、芳香族スルホニウム塩、芳香族ジアゾニウム塩、芳香族ホスホニウム塩、トリアジン化合物、鉄アレーン錯体等が例示され、更に具体的には、ジフェニルヨードニウム、ジトリルヨードニウム、ビス(p-tert-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウム、ビス(p-クロロフェニル)ヨードニウム等のヨードニウムのクロリド、ブロミド、ホウフッ化塩、ヘキサフルオロホスフェート塩、ヘキサフルオロアンチモネート塩等のヨードニウム塩、トリフェニルスルホニウム、4-tert-ブチルトリフェニルスルホニウム、トリス(4-メチルフェニル)スルホニウム等のスルホニウムのクロリド、ブロミド、ホウフッ化塩、ヘキサフルオロホスフェート塩、ヘキサフルオロアンチモネート塩等のスルホニウム塩、2,4,6-トリス(トリクロロメチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-フェニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-メチル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン等の2,4,6-置換-1,3,5トリアジン化合物等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of radical polymerization initiators that can be used as cationic polymerization initiators include aromatic iodonium salts, aromatic sulfonium salts, aromatic diazonium salts, aromatic phosphonium salts, triazine compounds, iron arene complexes, and the like. More specifically, iodonium chloride such as diphenyliodonium, ditolyliodonium, bis (p-tert-butylphenyl) iodonium, bis (p-chlorophenyl) iodonium, bromide, borofluoride, hexafluorophosphate salt, hexafluoro Iodonium salts such as antimonate salts, chlorides of sulfonium such as triphenylsulfonium, 4-tert-butyltriphenylsulfonium, tris (4-methylphenyl) sulfonium, bromide, borofluoride, hexa Sulfonium salts such as fluorophosphate salts and hexafluoroantimonate salts, 2,4,6-tris (trichloromethyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -1, 2,4,6-substituted-1,3,5 triazine compounds such as 3,5-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -1,3,5-triazine, etc. It is not limited to these.
(4)添加剤
本開示に用いられるハードコート層は、前記重合物の他に、必要に応じて、帯電防止剤、防眩剤、防汚剤、硬度を向上させるための無機又は有機微粒子、レべリング剤、各種増感剤等の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
(4) Additive In addition to the polymer, the hard coat layer used in the present disclosure is, if necessary, an antistatic agent, an antiglare agent, an antifouling agent, inorganic or organic fine particles for improving hardness, You may contain additives, such as a leveling agent and various sensitizers.
3.積層体の構成
本開示の積層体は、前記ポリイミドフィルムと、前記ハードコート層とを有するものであれば特に限定はされず、前記ポリイミドフィルムの一方の面側に前記ハードコート層が積層されたものであってもよいし、前記ポリイミドフィルムの両面に前記ハードコート層が積層されたものであってもよい。また、本開示の積層体は、本開示の効果を損なわない範囲で、前記ポリイミドフィルム及び前記ハードコート層の他に、例えば、前記ポリイミドフィルムと前記ハードコート層との密着性を向上させるためのプライマー層等の他の層を有するものであってもよい。また、本開示の積層体は、前記ポリイミドフィルムと、前記ハードコート層とが隣接して位置するものであってもよい。
本開示の積層体に用いられるポリイミドフィルムの最表面に位置する2つのポリイミド層のヤング率が互いに異なり、当該ポリイミドフィルムの一方の面に前記ハードコート層が積層された積層体である場合、当該2つのポリイミド層のうち、相対的にヤング率の大きいポリイミド層側にハードコート層が位置することが、耐衝撃性が向上する点から好ましい。
3. Configuration of Laminate The laminate of the present disclosure is not particularly limited as long as it has the polyimide film and the hard coat layer, and the hard coat layer is laminated on one surface side of the polyimide film. The hard coat layer may be laminated on both sides of the polyimide film. Moreover, the laminated body of this indication is for the range which does not impair the effect of this indication other than the said polyimide film and the said hard-coat layer, for example, for improving the adhesiveness of the said polyimide film and the said hard-coat layer. It may have other layers such as a primer layer. Moreover, the laminated body of this indication WHEREIN: The said polyimide film and the said hard-coat layer may be located adjacently.
When the Young's modulus of the two polyimide layers located on the outermost surface of the polyimide film used in the laminate of the present disclosure is different from each other, and the hard coat layer is laminated on one surface of the polyimide film, Of the two polyimide layers, the hard coat layer is preferably located on the polyimide layer side having a relatively large Young's modulus from the viewpoint of improving the impact resistance.
本開示の積層体の全体厚さは、用途により適宜選択されれば良いが、強度及び耐衝撃性の点から、10μm以上であることが好ましく、更に40μm以上であることが好ましい。一方、屈曲耐性の点から、300μm以下であることが好ましく、更に250μm以下であることが好ましい。
また、本開示の積層体において、各ハードコート層の厚さは、2μm以上80μm以下であることが好ましく、3μm以上50μm以下であることがより好ましい。
The total thickness of the laminate of the present disclosure may be appropriately selected depending on the application, but is preferably 10 μm or more, and more preferably 40 μm or more from the viewpoint of strength and impact resistance. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of bending resistance, it is preferably 300 μm or less, and more preferably 250 μm or less.
In the laminate of the present disclosure, the thickness of each hard coat layer is preferably 2 μm or more and 80 μm or less, and more preferably 3 μm or more and 50 μm or less.
4.積層体の特性
本開示の積層体は、鉛筆硬度がHB以上であることが好ましく、F以上であることがより好ましく、H以上であることがより更に好ましく、2H以上であることが特に好ましい。
本開示の積層体の鉛筆硬度は、前記ポリイミドフィルムの鉛筆硬度の測定方法において、荷重を9.8Nとする以外は同様にして測定することができる。
4). Characteristics of Laminate The laminate of the present disclosure preferably has a pencil hardness of HB or higher, more preferably F or higher, even more preferably H or higher, and particularly preferably 2H or higher.
The pencil hardness of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner except that the load is 9.8 N in the method for measuring the pencil hardness of the polyimide film.
本開示の積層体は、JIS K7361-1に準拠して測定する全光線透過率が、85%以上であることが好ましく、更に88%以上であることが好ましく、より更に90%以上であることが好ましい。このように透過率が高いことから、透明性が良好になり、ガラス代替材料となり得る。
本開示の積層体の前記全光線透過率は、前記ポリイミドフィルムのJIS K7361-1に準拠して測定する全光線透過率と同様にして測定することができる。
In the laminate of the present disclosure, the total light transmittance measured in accordance with JIS K7361-1 is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 88% or more, and still more preferably 90% or more. Is preferred. Thus, since the transmittance | permeability is high, transparency becomes favorable and it can become a glass substitute material.
The total light transmittance of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner as the total light transmittance of the polyimide film measured according to JIS K7361-1.
本開示の積層体は、前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)が、30以下であることが好ましく、20以下であることがより好ましく、16以下であることが更に好ましい。
本開示の積層体の前記黄色度(YI値)は、前記ポリイミドフィルムの前記JIS K7373-2006に準拠して算出される黄色度(YI値)と同様にして測定することができる。
In the laminated body of the present disclosure, the yellowness (YI value) calculated in accordance with JIS K7373-2006 is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, and preferably 16 or less. Further preferred.
The yellowness (YI value) of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner as the yellowness (YI value) calculated based on JIS K7373-2006 of the polyimide film.
本開示の積層体のヘイズ値は、光透過性の点から、10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることが更に好ましく、5以下であることがより更に好ましい。
本開示の積層体のヘイズ値は、前記ポリイミドフィルムのヘイズ値と同様にして測定することができる。
The haze value of the laminate of the present disclosure is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less from the viewpoint of light transmittance.
The haze value of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner as the haze value of the polyimide film.
本開示の積層体の波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率は、0.040以下であることが好ましく、0.025以下であることがより好ましく、0.020以下であることがより更に好ましく、0.015以下であることが特に好ましい。
本開示の積層体の前記複屈折率は、前記ポリイミドフィルムの波長590nmにおける厚み方向の複屈折率と同様にして測定することができる。
The birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of the laminate of the present disclosure is preferably 0.040 or less, more preferably 0.025 or less, and still more preferably 0.020 or less, It is particularly preferable that it is 0.015 or less.
The birefringence of the laminate of the present disclosure can be measured in the same manner as the birefringence in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 590 nm of the polyimide film.
5.積層体の用途
本開示の積層体の用途は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、前述した本開示のポリイミドフィルムの用途と同様の用途に用いることができる。
5). Use of laminated body The use of the laminated body of this indication is not specifically limited, For example, it can be used for the use similar to the use of the polyimide film of this indication mentioned above.
6.積層体の製造方法
本開示の積層体の製造方法としては、例えば、
前記本開示のポリイミドフィルムの少なくとも一方の面に、ラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種を含有するハードコート層形成用組成物の塗膜を形成する工程と、
前記塗膜を硬化する工程と、を含む製造方法が挙げられる。
6). Manufacturing method of laminated body As a manufacturing method of the laminated body of the present disclosure, for example,
Forming a coating film of a hard coat layer forming composition containing at least one of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound on at least one surface of the polyimide film of the present disclosure;
And a step of curing the coating film.
前記ハードコート層形成用組成物は、ラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種を含有し、必要に応じて更に重合開始剤、溶剤及び添加剤等を含有していてもよい。
ここで、前記ハードコート層形成用組成物が含有するラジカル重合性化合物、カチオン重合性化合物、重合開始剤及び添加剤については、前記ハードコート層において説明したものと同様のものを用いることができ、溶剤は、公知の溶剤から適宜選択して用いることができる。
The composition for forming a hard coat layer contains at least one of a radically polymerizable compound and a cationically polymerizable compound, and may further contain a polymerization initiator, a solvent, an additive, and the like as necessary.
Here, the radical polymerizable compound, cationic polymerizable compound, polymerization initiator and additive contained in the hard coat layer forming composition can be the same as those described in the hard coat layer. The solvent can be appropriately selected from known solvents.
ポリイミドフィルムの少なくとも一方の面に、前記ハードコート層形成用組成物の塗膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、ポリイミドフィルムの少なくとも一方の面に、前記ハードコート層形成用組成物を、公知の塗布手段により塗布する方法が挙げられる。
前記塗布手段は、目的とする膜厚で塗布可能な方法であれば特に制限はなく、例えば、前記ポリイミド前駆体樹脂組成物を支持体に塗布する手段と同様のものが挙げられる。
また、ハードコート層用硬化性樹脂組成物の塗工量としては、得られる積層体が要求される性能により異なるものであるが、乾燥後の膜厚が3μm以上25μm以下になるように適宜調節することが好ましく、塗工量が3g/m2以上30g/m2以下の範囲内、特に5g/m2以上25g/m2以下の範囲内であることが好ましい。
As a method of forming a coating film of the hard coat layer forming composition on at least one surface of the polyimide film, for example, the hard coat layer forming composition is publicly known on at least one surface of the polyimide film. The method of apply | coating with an application | coating means is mentioned.
The application means is not particularly limited as long as it is a method that can be applied with a target film thickness, and examples thereof include the same means as the means for applying the polyimide precursor resin composition to a support.
Further, the coating amount of the curable resin composition for the hard coat layer varies depending on the performance required of the obtained laminate, but is appropriately adjusted so that the film thickness after drying is 3 μm or more and 25 μm or less. it is preferred to, coated amount 3 g / m 2 or more 30 g / m 2 within the following range, particularly preferably in the range of 5 g / m 2 or more 25 g / m 2 or less.
前記ハードコート層用硬化性樹脂組成物の塗膜は必要に応じて乾燥することにより溶剤を除去する。乾燥方法としては、例えば、減圧乾燥又は加熱乾燥、更にはこれらを組み合わせる方法等が挙げられる。また、常圧で乾燥する場合は、30℃以上110℃以下で乾燥することが好ましい。 The solvent is removed by drying the coating film of the curable resin composition for a hard coat layer as necessary. Examples of the drying method include reduced-pressure drying or heat drying, and a combination of these. Moreover, when drying at a normal pressure, it is preferable to dry at 30 degreeC or more and 110 degrees C or less.
前記ハードコート層用硬化性樹脂組成物を塗布、必要に応じて乾燥させた塗膜に対し、当該硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれるラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の重合性基に応じて、光照射及び加熱の少なくともいずれかにより塗膜を硬化させることにより、ポリイミドフィルムの少なくとも一方の面に、ラジカル重合性化合物及びカチオン重合性化合物の少なくとも1種の重合物を含有するハードコート層を形成することができる。 Depending on the radically polymerizable compound and the polymerizable group of the cationically polymerizable compound contained in the curable resin composition for the coating film applied with the hard coat layer curable resin composition and dried as necessary. A hard coat layer containing at least one polymer of a radical polymerizable compound and a cationic polymerizable compound on at least one surface of the polyimide film by curing the coating film by at least one of light irradiation and heating. Can be formed.
光照射には、主に、紫外線、可視光、電子線、電離放射線等が使用される。紫外線硬化の場合には、超高圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、低圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク、キセノンアーク、メタルハライドランプ等の光線から発する紫外線等を使用する。エネルギー線源の照射量は、紫外線波長365nmでの積算露光量として、50~5000mJ/cm2程度である。
加熱をする場合は、通常40℃以上120℃以下の温度にて処理する。また、室温(25℃)で24時間以上放置することにより反応を行っても良い。
For light irradiation, ultraviolet rays, visible light, electron beams, ionizing radiation, etc. are mainly used. In the case of ultraviolet curing, ultraviolet rays emitted from light such as an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc, a xenon arc, and a metal halide lamp are used. The irradiation amount of the energy ray source is about 50 to 5000 mJ / cm 2 as an integrated exposure amount at an ultraviolet wavelength of 365 nm.
When heating, the treatment is usually performed at a temperature of 40 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower. Moreover, you may react by leaving it to stand for 24 hours or more at room temperature (25 degreeC).
III.ディスプレイ用表面材
本開示のディスプレイ用表面材は、前述した本開示のポリイミドフィルム又は前述した本開示の積層体である。
III. Display Surface Material The display surface material of the present disclosure is the polyimide film of the present disclosure described above or the laminate of the present disclosure described above.
本開示のディスプレイ用表面材は、各種ディスプレイの表面に位置するように配置して用いられる。本開示のディスプレイ用表面材は、前述した本開示のポリイミドフィルム及び本開示の積層体と同様に、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性が向上したものであるため、フレキシブルディスプレイ用として特に好適に用いることができる。 The display surface material of the present disclosure is arranged and used so as to be positioned on the surface of various displays. The display surface material of the present disclosure has improved impact resistance and bending resistance, like the polyimide film of the present disclosure and the laminate of the present disclosure described above, and therefore is particularly preferably used for a flexible display. it can.
本開示のディスプレイ用表面材は、公知の各種ディスプレイに用いることができ、特に限定はされないが、例えば、前記本開示のポリイミドフィルムの用途で説明したディスプレイ等に用いることができる。 The display surface material of the present disclosure can be used for various known displays and is not particularly limited. For example, the display surface material can be used for the display described in the application of the polyimide film of the present disclosure.
なお、本開示のディスプレイ用表面材が前記本開示の積層体である場合、ディスプレイの表面に配置した後の最表面となる面は、ポリイミドフィルム側の表面であってもよいし、ハードコート層側の表面であってもよい。中でも、ハードコート層側の表面が、より表側の面となるように本開示のディスプレイ用表面材を配置することが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。本開示のディスプレイ用表面材が前記本開示のポリイミドフィルムであり、当該ポリイミドフィルムの最表面に位置する2つのポリイミド層のヤング率が互いに異なる場合は、相対的にヤング率の大きいポリイミド層側の表面が、より表側の面となるように本開示のディスプレイ用表面材を配置することが、耐衝撃性及び屈曲耐性の点から好ましい。また、本開示のディスプレイ用表面材は、最表面に指紋付着防止層を有するものであっても良い。 In addition, when the surface material for display of this indication is the laminated body of this indication, the surface used as the outermost surface after arrange | positioning on the surface of a display may be the surface by the side of a polyimide film, or a hard-coat layer It may be the side surface. Especially, it is preferable from the point of impact resistance and bending resistance to arrange | position the display surface material of this indication so that the surface by the side of a hard-coat layer may become a surface of the front side. When the surface material for display of the present disclosure is the polyimide film of the present disclosure, and the two polyimide layers located on the outermost surface of the polyimide film have different Young's moduli, From the viewpoint of impact resistance and bending resistance, it is preferable to dispose the display surface material of the present disclosure so that the surface becomes a surface on the front side. Further, the display surface material of the present disclosure may have a fingerprint adhesion preventing layer on the outermost surface.
また、本開示のディスプレイ用表面材をディスプレイの表面に配置する方法としては、特に限定はされないが、例えば、接着層を介する方法等が挙げられる。前記接着層としては、ディスプレイ用表面材の接着に用いることができる従来公知の接着層を用いることができる。 Further, the method for disposing the display surface material of the present disclosure on the surface of the display is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method through an adhesive layer. As the adhesive layer, a conventionally known adhesive layer that can be used for adhesion of a display surface material can be used.
[評価方法]
以下、特に断りがない場合は、25℃で測定又は評価を行った。
<ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量>
ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量は、ポリイミド前駆体を0.5重量%の濃度のN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)溶液とし、その溶液をシリンジフィルター(孔径:0.45μm)に通じて濾過させ、展開溶媒として、含水量500ppm以下の10mmol%LiBr-NMP溶液を用い、GPC装置(東ソー製、HLC-8120、使用カラム:SHODEX製GPC LF-804)を用い、サンプル打ち込み量50μL、溶媒流量0.5mL/分、40℃の条件で測定を行った。ポリイミド前駆体の重量平均分子量は、サンプルと同濃度のポリスチレン標準サンプル(重量平均分子量:364,700、204,000、103,500、44,360,27,500、13,030、6,300、3,070)を基準に測定した標準ポリスチレンに対する換算値とした。溶出時間を検量線と比較し、重量平均分子量を求めた。
<ポリイミド前駆体溶液の粘度>
ポリイミド前駆体溶液の粘度は、粘度計(例えば、TVE-22HT、東機産業株式会社)を用いて、25℃で、サンプル量0.8mlとして測定した。
[Evaluation methods]
Hereinafter, when there was no notice in particular, it measured or evaluated at 25 degreeC.
<Weight average molecular weight of polyimide precursor>
The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor was developed by making the polyimide precursor a 0.5% by weight N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) solution, filtering the solution through a syringe filter (pore diameter: 0.45 μm), and developing the polyimide precursor. As a solvent, a 10 mmol% LiBr-NMP solution having a water content of 500 ppm or less was used, and a GPC apparatus (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, HLC-8120, column used: SHODEX GPC LF-804) was used. The measurement was performed under the conditions of 40 ° C./min. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor is a polystyrene standard sample having the same concentration as the sample (weight average molecular weight: 364,700, 204,000, 103,500, 44,360,27,500, 13,030, 6,300, 3,070) was used as a conversion value with respect to standard polystyrene measured. The elution time was compared with a calibration curve to determine the weight average molecular weight.
<Viscosity of polyimide precursor solution>
The viscosity of the polyimide precursor solution was measured using a viscometer (for example, TVE-22HT, Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and a sample amount of 0.8 ml.
<ポリイミドの重量平均分子量>
ポリイミド粉体15mgを、15000mgのN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)に浸漬し、ウォーターバスで60℃に加熱しながら、スターラーを用いて回転速度200rpmで、目視で溶解を確認するまで3~60時間撹拌することにより、0.1重量%の濃度のNMP溶液を得た。その溶液をシリンジフィルター(孔径:0.45μm)に通じて濾過させ、展開溶媒として、含水量500ppm以下の30mmol%LiBr-NMP溶液を用い、GPC装置(東ソー製、HLC-8120、検出器:示差屈折率(RID)検出器、使用カラム:SHODEX製GPC LF-804を2本直列に接続)を用い、サンプル打ち込み量50μL、溶媒流量0.4mL/分、カラム温度37℃、検出器温度37℃の条件で測定を行った。ポリイミドの重量平均分子量は、サンプルと同濃度のポリスチレン標準サンプル(重量平均分子量:364,700、204,000、103,500、44,360,27,500、13,030、6,300、3,070)を基準に測定した標準ポリスチレンに対する換算値とした。溶出時間を検量線と比較し、重量平均分子量を求めた。
<ポリイミド溶液の粘度>
ポリイミド溶液の粘度は、粘度計(例えば、TVE-22HT、東機産業株式会社)を用いて、25℃で、サンプル量0.8mlとして測定した。
<Weight average molecular weight of polyimide>
15 mg of polyimide powder is immersed in 15000 mg of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP), and heated at 60 ° C. in a water bath, with a stirrer at a rotation speed of 200 rpm, and stirred for 3 to 60 hours until dissolution is visually confirmed. As a result, an NMP solution having a concentration of 0.1% by weight was obtained. The solution was filtered through a syringe filter (pore size: 0.45 μm), a 30 mmol% LiBr-NMP solution having a water content of 500 ppm or less was used as a developing solvent, and a GPC apparatus (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, HLC-8120, detector: differential) Refractive index (RID) detector, column used: two SHODEX GPC LF-804s connected in series), sample injection amount 50 μL, solvent flow rate 0.4 mL / min, column temperature 37 ° C., detector temperature 37 ° C. The measurement was performed under the following conditions. The weight average molecular weight of the polyimide is the same as the polystyrene standard sample (weight average molecular weight: 364,700, 204,000, 103,500, 44,360,27,500, 13,030, 6,300, 3, 070) was used as a conversion value with respect to standard polystyrene measured. The elution time was compared with a calibration curve to determine the weight average molecular weight.
<Viscosity of polyimide solution>
The viscosity of the polyimide solution was measured using a viscometer (eg, TVE-22HT, Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and a sample amount of 0.8 ml.
<膜厚>
各実施例のポリイミドフィルムが有する各ポリイミド層の膜厚、及び各比較例の単層ポリイミドフィルムの膜厚は、10cm×10cmの大きさに切りだしたポリイミドフィルムを厚み方向に切断した試験片の断面を、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)で観察し、ポリイミドフィルムの幅方向の両端から等間隔に位置する5点について、各ポリイミド層の膜厚を測定し、その平均値とした。
実施例7~12のポリイミドフィルムは、互いに隣接するポリイミド層の境界に、各ポリイミド層の材料が混合したミキシング領域を有していたため、ポリイミドフィルムを厚み方向に切断した試験片の断面について、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析(ION-TOF社製、型番TOF.SIMS5)を用いて、飛行時間型二次イオン質量分析法(TOF-SIMS)による元素マッピングを行い、ケイ素原子の検出量がミキシング領域でない2つの領域のケイ素原子の検出量の平均値となる部分を、ポリイミド層間の境界として、各ポリイミド層の膜厚を測定した。なお、前記ミキシング領域でない2つの領域のケイ素原子の検出量の平均値となる部分が厚みを有する領域の場合には、当該領域の厚み方向の中央部をポリイミド層間の境界として、各ポリイミド層の膜厚を測定した。
<Film thickness>
The film thickness of each polyimide layer possessed by the polyimide film of each example and the film thickness of the single-layer polyimide film of each comparative example were obtained by cutting a polyimide film cut into a size of 10 cm × 10 cm in the thickness direction. The cross section was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the film thickness of each polyimide layer was measured at five points located at equal intervals from both ends in the width direction of the polyimide film, and the average value was obtained.
Since the polyimide films of Examples 7 to 12 had a mixing region where the materials of each polyimide layer were mixed at the boundary between the polyimide layers adjacent to each other, the cross section of the test piece obtained by cutting the polyimide film in the thickness direction was flying. Elemental mapping by time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS) is performed using time-type secondary ion mass spectrometry (manufactured by ION-TOF, model number TOF.SIMS5), and the detected amount of silicon atoms is mixed. The film thickness of each polyimide layer was measured using the part which becomes the average value of the detected amount of silicon atoms in two regions that are not regions as the boundary between the polyimide layers. In addition, when the part which becomes the average value of the detected amount of silicon atoms in the two regions other than the mixing region is a region having a thickness, the central part in the thickness direction of the region is used as a boundary between the polyimide layers, The film thickness was measured.
<ヤング率>
ポリイミドフィルムを厚み方向に切断した試験片の断面を用いて、温度25℃で、ISO14577に準拠し、ナノインデンテーション法を用いて測定した。具体的には、測定装置は(株)フィッシャー・インストルメンツ製、PICODENTOR HM500を用い、測定圧子としてビッカース圧子を用いた。試験片断面の各層について、任意の点を8ヶ所測定して数平均して求めた値を各層のヤング率とした。なお、測定条件は、最大押込み深さ:1000nm、加重時間:20秒、クリープ時間:5秒とした。
<Young's modulus>
Using a cross section of a test piece obtained by cutting a polyimide film in the thickness direction, measurement was performed using a nanoindentation method at a temperature of 25 ° C. in accordance with ISO14577. Specifically, a PICODERTOR HM500 manufactured by Fisher Instruments Co., Ltd. was used as a measuring device, and a Vickers indenter was used as a measurement indenter. For each layer of the cross section of the test piece, the value obtained by measuring eight arbitrary points and averaging the points was taken as the Young's modulus of each layer. Measurement conditions were as follows: maximum indentation depth: 1000 nm, weighted time: 20 seconds, creep time: 5 seconds.
<線熱膨張係数(CTE)>
単層のポリイミドフィルムを5mm×15mmに切り出した試験片に対して、熱機械分析装置(TMA)により、下記条件で試験片の伸び量を測定し、50℃から250℃の範囲での線熱膨張係数(CTE)を算出した。
<CTE測定条件>
機種名:TMA-60、(株)島津製作所製
雰囲気ガス:窒素
ガス流量:50ml/min
初期荷重:9g
[温度プログラム]
窒素雰囲気下、30℃で10分間維持した後、加熱速度10℃/minで400℃まで昇温し、400℃のまま1分間維持した。
<Linear thermal expansion coefficient (CTE)>
A test piece obtained by cutting a single-layer polyimide film into 5 mm × 15 mm was measured for the elongation of the test piece under the following conditions with a thermomechanical analyzer (TMA), and linear heat in the range of 50 ° C. to 250 ° C. The expansion coefficient (CTE) was calculated.
<CTE measurement conditions>
Model name: TMA-60, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation Atmosphere gas: Nitrogen gas Flow rate: 50 ml / min
Initial load: 9g
[Temperature program]
After maintaining at 30 ° C. for 10 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere, the temperature was raised to 400 ° C. at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min and maintained at 400 ° C. for 1 minute.
<引張弾性率>
ポリイミドフィルムを15mm×40mmに切り出した試験片を、温度25℃、相対湿度60%の条件で2時間調湿した後、JIS K7127に準拠し、引張り速度を8mm/分、チャック間距離を20mmとして、25℃における引張弾性率を測定した。引張り試験機は(島津製作所製:オートグラフAG-X 1N、ロードセル:SBL-1KN)を用いた。
<Tensile modulus>
A test piece obtained by cutting a polyimide film into 15 mm × 40 mm was conditioned for 2 hours under the conditions of a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60%, and in accordance with JIS K7127, the tensile speed was 8 mm / min and the distance between chucks was 20 mm. The tensile elastic modulus at 25 ° C. was measured. A tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation: Autograph AG-X 1N, load cell: SBL-1KN) was used.
<全光線透過率>
JIS K7361-1に準拠して、ヘイズメーター(村上色彩技術研究所製 HM150)により測定した。
<Total light transmittance>
Based on JIS K7361-1, it was measured with a haze meter (HM150, manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory).
<ヘイズ値>
JIS K-7105に準拠して、ヘイズメーター(村上色彩技術研究所製 HM150)により測定した。
<Haze value>
Based on JIS K-7105, it was measured with a haze meter (HM150 manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory).
<YI値(黄色度)>
YI値は、JIS K7373-2006に準拠して、紫外可視近赤外分光光度計(日本分光(株) V-7100)を用い、分光測色方法により、補助イルミナントC、2度視野を用いて、250nm以上800nm以下の範囲を1nm間隔で測定した透過率をもとに、XYZ表色系における三刺激値X,Y,Zを求め、そのX,Y,Zの値から以下の式より算出した。
YI=100(1.2769X-1.0592Z)/Y
更に、YI値をポリイミドフィルムの全体膜厚(μm)で割った値(YI/膜厚(μm))を求めた。
<YI value (yellowness)>
The YI value is determined according to JIS K7373-2006 using an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer (JASCO Corporation V-7100), by spectrocolorimetric method, using auxiliary illuminant C, and 2 degree field of view. The tristimulus values X, Y, Z in the XYZ color system are obtained based on the transmittance measured in the range of 250 nm to 800 nm at 1 nm intervals, and calculated from the X, Y, Z values by the following formula did.
YI = 100 (1.2769X−1.0592Z) / Y
Further, a value (YI / film thickness (μm)) obtained by dividing the YI value by the total film thickness (μm) of the polyimide film was determined.
<複屈折率>
位相差測定装置(王子計測機器株式会社製、製品名「KOBRA-WR」)を用いて、23℃、波長590nmの光で、ポリイミドフィルムの厚み方向位相差値(Rth)を測定した。厚み方向位相差値(Rth)は、0度入射の位相差値と、斜め40度入射の位相差値を測定し、これらの位相差値から厚み方向位相差値Rthを算出した。前記斜め40度入射の位相差値は、位相差フィルムの法線から40度傾けた方向から、波長590nmの光を位相差フィルムに入射させて測定した。
ポリイミドフィルムの複屈折率は、式:Rth/d(ポリイミドフィルムの膜厚(nm))に代入して求めた。
<Birefractive index>
The thickness direction retardation value (Rth) of the polyimide film was measured with a light of 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 590 nm using a phase difference measuring apparatus (product name “KOBRA-WR” manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). For the thickness direction retardation value (Rth), a phase difference value at 0 ° incidence and a phase difference value at an incidence angle of 40 ° were measured, and a thickness direction retardation value Rth was calculated from these retardation values. The retardation value at an oblique incidence of 40 degrees was measured by making light having a wavelength of 590 nm incident on the retardation film from a direction inclined by 40 degrees from the normal line of the retardation film.
The birefringence of the polyimide film was determined by substituting it into the formula: Rth / d (polyimide film thickness (nm)).
<静的屈曲試験>
以下、静的屈曲試験の方法について、図3を参照して説明する。
15mm×40mmに切り出したポリイミドフィルムの試験片10を、長辺の半分の位置で折り曲げ、当該試験片10の長辺の両端部が厚み6mmの金属片2(100mm×30mm×6mm)を上下面から挟むようにして配置し、当該試験片10の両端部と金属片2との上下面での重なりしろが各々10mmずつになるようにテープで固定した状態で、上下からガラス板(100mm×100mm×0.7mm)3a、3bで挟み、当該試験片10を内径6mmで屈曲した状態で固定した。その際に、金属片2とガラス板3a、3bの間で当該試験片10がない部分には、ダミーの試験片4a、4bを挟み込み、ガラス板3a、3bが平行になるようにテープで固定した。このようにして屈曲した状態で固定した当該試験片10を、60℃、90%相対湿度(RH)の環境下で24時間静置した後、ガラス板と固定用のテープを外し、当該試験片10にかかる力を解放した。その後、当該試験片10の一方の端部を固定し、試験片10にかかる力を解放してから30分後の試験片の内角を測定した。
なお、実施例11のポリイミドフィルムは、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層が内側になるように屈曲させた。
当該静的屈曲試験によってフィルムが影響を受けずに完全に元に戻った場合は、前記内角は180°となる。
<Static bending test>
Hereinafter, the method of the static bending test will be described with reference to FIG.
The polyimide
In addition, the polyimide film of Example 11 was bent so that the polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus was inside.
When the film returns completely without being affected by the static bending test, the interior angle is 180 °.
<鉛筆硬度>
ポリイミドフィルムの鉛筆硬度は、測定サンプルを温度25℃、相対湿度60%の条件で2時間調湿した後、JIS-S-6006が規定する試験用鉛筆を用い、東洋精機(株)製 鉛筆引っかき塗膜硬さ試験機を用いて、JIS K5600-5-4(1999)に規定する鉛筆硬度試験(0.98N荷重)をフィルム表面に行い、傷がつかない最も高い鉛筆硬度を評価することにより行った。なお、実施例11のポリイミドフィルムは、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層の表面に鉛筆硬度試験を行った。
<Pencil hardness>
The pencil hardness of the polyimide film is determined by conditioning the sample for 2 hours at a temperature of 25 ° C and a relative humidity of 60%, and then using a test pencil specified by JIS-S-6006. By performing a pencil hardness test (0.98N load) as specified in JIS K5600-5-4 (1999) on the film surface using a coating film hardness tester and evaluating the highest pencil hardness without scratches. went. In addition, the polyimide film of Example 11 was subjected to a pencil hardness test on the surface of a polyimide layer having a relatively large Young's modulus.
<耐衝撃性>
以下、耐衝撃性の評価方法について、図4を参照して説明する。
鉄製の土台5の上に、厚さ100μmのアルミ箔6を10枚積層し、その上に15mm×40mmに切り出したポリイミドフィルムの試験片10を置いた。ボールペン7(BiC製、0.7mm)を高さ(試験片10とポールペン先端の間隔)90mmに設置し、試験片10上面にボールペン7を落下させて、ボールペン7の先端によって形成されたアルミ箔6の凹みの深さを光学顕微鏡(焦点深度)で測定することで評価した。凹みの深さを表2及び表4に示す。凹みの深さが小さいほど耐衝撃性に優れる。なお、実施例11のポリイミドフィルムは、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層の表面を上面として、耐衝撃性を評価した。
<Impact resistance>
Hereinafter, the impact resistance evaluation method will be described with reference to FIG.
Ten pieces of 100 μm-
(合成例1)
5Lのセパラブルフラスコに、脱水されたジメチルアセトアミド3081g、及び、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン(TFMB)322g(1.00mol)を入れ、TFMBを溶解させた溶液の液温が30℃に制御されたところへ、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物(6FDA)443g(1.00mol)を温度上昇が2℃以下になるように数回に分けて徐々に投入し、ポリイミド前駆体1が溶解したポリイミド前駆体溶液1(固形分20重量%)を合成した。ポリイミド前駆体溶液1(固形分20重量%)の25℃における粘度は34920cpsであり、GPCによって測定したポリイミド前駆体1の重量平均分子量は408500であった。
(Synthesis Example 1)
A 5 L separable flask was charged with 3081 g of dehydrated dimethylacetamide and 322 g (1.00 mol) of 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine (TFMB), and the temperature of the solution in which TFMB was dissolved was To the place where the temperature was controlled at 30 ° C., 443 g (1.00 mol) of 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride (6FDA) was gradually divided into several times so that the temperature rise was 2 ° C. or less. The polyimide precursor solution 1 (solid content 20% by weight) in which the
(合成例2~3)
前記合成例1の手順で、表1に記載の原料、固形分濃度になるように反応を実施し、ポリイミド前駆体溶液2~3とした。
(Synthesis Examples 2 to 3)
Reaction was carried out by the procedure of Synthesis Example 1 so that the raw material and solid content concentrations shown in Table 1 were obtained, and
(合成例4)
5Lのセパラブルフラスコに、脱水されたジメチルアセトアミド(2265g)、及び、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン(AprTMOS)(24.9g)を溶解させた溶液を入れ、液温30℃に制御されたところへ、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物(6FDA)(22.2g)を、温度上昇が2℃以下になるように徐々に投入し、メカニカルスターラーで30分撹拌した。そこへ、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン(TFMB)(288g)を添加し、完全に溶解したことを確認後、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物(6FDA)(420g)を温度上昇が2℃以下になるように数回に分けて徐々に投入し、ポリイミド前駆体4が溶解したポリイミド前駆体溶液4(固形分25質量%)を合成した。なお、ポリイミド前駆体溶液4において、TFMBとAprTMOSのモル比(TFMB:AprTMOS)は90:10であり、TFMBとAprTMOSの合計モルが、合成例1のTFMBのモルと同じになるようにした。
(Synthesis Example 4)
A 5 L separable flask was charged with a solution in which dehydrated dimethylacetamide (2265 g) and 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane (AprTMOS) (24.9 g) were dissolved. 4,4 ′-(Hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride (6FDA) (22.2 g) was gradually added to a temperature controlled at 30 ° C. so that the temperature rise was 2 ° C. or less. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes with a mechanical stirrer. 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine (TFMB) (288 g) was added thereto, and after confirming complete dissolution, 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride ( 6FDA) (420 g) was gradually added in several times so that the temperature rise was 2 ° C. or less, and a polyimide precursor solution 4 (solid content 25% by mass) in which the polyimide precursor 4 was dissolved was synthesized. In the polyimide precursor solution 4, the molar ratio of TFMB and AprTMOS (TFMB: AprTMOS) was 90:10, and the total mole of TFMB and AprTMOS was the same as that of TFMB in Synthesis Example 1.
以下において、各表中の略称はそれぞれ以下のとおりである。
TFMB:2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン
BAPS:ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]スルホン
AprTMOS:1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン
6FDA:4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物
PMDA:ピロメリット酸二無水物
In the following, the abbreviations in each table are as follows.
TFMB: 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine BAPS: bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] sulfone AprMMOS: 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane 6FDA: 4, 4 '-(Hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride
(実施例1)
ポリイミド前駆体溶液1を用い、下記(1)~(3)の手順で得られた膜厚50μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、ポリイミド成形体Aとして準備した。
(1)ポリイミド前駆体溶液1をガラス板上に塗布し、120℃の循環オーブンで10分乾燥した。
(2)窒素気流下(酸素濃度100ppm以下)、昇温速度10℃/分で、350℃まで昇温し、1時間保持後、室温まで冷却した。
(3)ガラス板より剥離し、ポリイミドフィルムを得た。
前記ポリイミド成形体Aの表裏両面に、ポリイミド前駆体溶液2を、イミド化後の膜厚がそれぞれ3μmとなるように塗布し、120℃の循環オーブンで10分乾燥してポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成した後、窒素気流下(酸素濃度100ppm以下)、昇温速度10℃/分で、350℃まで昇温し、1時間保持後、室温まで冷却してポリイミド前駆体をイミド化することにより、実施例1のポリイミドフィルムを得た。得られたポリイミドフィルムは、相対的にヤング率が小さいポリイミド層(以下、低ヤング率層という)の両面に、相対的にヤング率が大きいポリイミド層(以下、高ヤング率層という)がそれぞれ積層された層構成を有する多層のポリイミドフィルムであった。
Example 1
Using the
(1) The
(2) Under a nitrogen stream (oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less), the temperature was raised to 350 ° C. at a rate of temperature rise of 10 ° C./min, held for 1 hour, and then cooled to room temperature.
(3) Peeled from the glass plate to obtain a polyimide film.
The
(実施例2、3)
実施例1において、高ヤング率層の厚さを表2のようにした以外は、実施例1と同様にして、実施例2、3のポリイミドフィルムを得た。
(Examples 2 and 3)
In Example 1, the polyimide films of Examples 2 and 3 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the thickness of the high Young's modulus layer was as shown in Table 2.
(実施例4~6)
実施例1において、ポリイミド成形体Aに代えて、ポリイミド前駆体溶液1の塗布量を変えて作製した膜厚80μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムであるポリイミド成形体Bを用い、高ヤング率層の厚さを表2のようにした以外は、実施例1と同様にして、実施例4~6のポリイミドフィルムを得た。
(Examples 4 to 6)
In Example 1, instead of the polyimide molded body A, a polyimide molded body B, which is a single-layer polyimide film with a film thickness of 80 μm, prepared by changing the coating amount of the
(実施例7)
実施例1のポリイミド成形体Aの作製において、ポリイミド前駆体溶液1に代えて、ポリイミド前駆体溶液4を用いた以外は同様にして、膜厚51μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを得て、ポリイミド成形体Cとした。実施例1のポリイミドフィルムの作製において、ポリイミド成形体Aに代えて、ポリイミド成形体Cを用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして、実施例7のポリイミドフィルムを得た。
(Example 7)
In the production of the polyimide molded body A of Example 1, a single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 51 μm was obtained in the same manner except that the polyimide precursor solution 4 was used instead of the
(比較例1)
ポリイミド前駆体溶液1を用いて、実施例1の前記(1)~(3)と同様の手順で得られた膜厚48μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、比較例1のポリイミドフィルムとした。
(Comparative Example 1)
A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 48 μm obtained in the same procedure as in (1) to (3) of Example 1 using the
(比較例2)
ポリイミド前駆体溶液2を用いて、実施例1の前記(1)~(3)と同様の手順で得られた膜厚49μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、比較例2のポリイミドフィルムとした。
(Comparative Example 2)
A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 49 μm obtained by the same procedure as in (1) to (3) of Example 1 using the
(比較例3)
ポリイミド前駆体溶液3を用いて、実施例1の前記(1)~(3)と同様の手順で得られた膜厚49μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、比較例3のポリイミドフィルムとした。
(Comparative Example 3)
A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 49 μm obtained by the same procedure as in (1) to (3) of Example 1 using the polyimide precursor solution 3 was used as a polyimide film of Comparative Example 3.
(比較例4)
ポリイミド前駆体溶液4を用いて、実施例1の前記(1)~(3)と同様の手順で得られた膜厚52μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、比較例4のポリイミドフィルムとした。
(Comparative Example 4)
A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 52 μm obtained by the same procedure as in (1) to (3) of Example 1 using the polyimide precursor solution 4 was used as the polyimide film of Comparative Example 4.
(比較例5)
ポリイミド前駆体溶液1を用いて、実施例1の前記(1)~(3)と同様の手順で得られた膜厚80μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、比較例5のポリイミドフィルムとした。
(Comparative Example 5)
A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 80 μm obtained by the same procedure as in (1) to (3) of Example 1 using the
実施例1~7及び比較例1~5のポリイミドフィルムについて、前記評価方法を用いて評価した。評価結果を表2に示す。
なお、表2及び表4に示す層構成において、「高」とは高ヤング率層を表し、「低」とは低ヤング率層を表す。また、表2及び表4に示す膜厚、ヤング率及び線熱膨張係数(CTE)は、各ポリイミド層の測定結果であり、その他の評価結果については、ポリイミドフィルム全体についての評価結果を示す。表2及び表4のポリイミド種の番号1~6は、各々ポリイミド前駆体溶液乃至ポリイミド溶液1~6を用いて得られるポリイミドに対応する。表2及び表4のヤング率比(高/低)は、最もヤング率の高いポリイミド層のヤング率の値を、最もヤング率の低いポリイミド層のヤング率の値で割った値である。表2及び表4の高ヤング率層の厚み割合(%)は、ポリイミドフィルムの合計厚みを100%としたときの、ヤング率が最も大きいポリイミド層の合計厚みの割合(%)である。
The polyimide films of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 to 5 were evaluated using the evaluation method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2.
In the layer configurations shown in Tables 2 and 4, “high” represents a high Young's modulus layer, and “low” represents a low Young's modulus layer. Moreover, the film thickness, Young's modulus, and linear thermal expansion coefficient (CTE) shown in Table 2 and Table 4 are the measurement results of each polyimide layer, and the other evaluation results indicate the evaluation results for the entire polyimide film. The
表2より、膜厚50μmの低ヤング率層の両面に高ヤング率層を有する実施例1~3のポリイミドフィルムは、膜厚50μm程度の低ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例1と同程度の良好な屈曲耐性を有しながら、耐衝撃性が向上しており、さらに、高ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例2に比べ、屈曲耐性が向上しており、実施例2、3については、耐衝撃性も向上していた。また、膜厚80μmの低ヤング率層の両面に高ヤング率層を有する実施例4~6のポリイミドフィルムは、膜厚80μmの低ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例5と同程度の良好な屈曲耐性を有しながら、耐衝撃性が向上しており、さらに、高ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例2に比べて、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性が向上していた。ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層の両面に高ヤング率層を有する実施例7のポリイミドフィルムは、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例4と同程度の良好な屈曲耐性を有しながら、耐衝撃性が向上しており、さらに、高ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例2に比べて、耐衝撃性と屈曲耐性が向上していた。
また、比較例3、4の単層ポリイミドフィルムは、実施例1~7のポリイミドフィルムに比べ、耐衝撃性に劣っていた。
From Table 2, the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 3 having a high Young's modulus layer on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer having a film thickness of 50 μm are comparative examples 1 that are single layer polyimide films having a film thickness of approximately 50 μm. The impact resistance has been improved while having the same good bending resistance as that of the film. Furthermore, the bending resistance has been improved compared to Comparative Example 2 which is a single layer polyimide film having a high Young's modulus layer. In Examples 2 and 3, the impact resistance was also improved. In addition, the polyimide films of Examples 4 to 6 having a high Young's modulus layer on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer having a thickness of 80 μm are similar to Comparative Example 5 which is a polyimide film having a low Young's modulus layer having a thickness of 80 μm. The impact resistance was improved while having good bending resistance, and the impact resistance and bending resistance were improved as compared with Comparative Example 2 which is a polyimide film of a single layer having a high Young's modulus. . The polyimide film of Example 7 having a high Young's modulus layer on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms is as good as Comparative Example 4 which is a single layer polyimide film containing a silicon atom. The impact resistance was improved while having excellent bending resistance, and the impact resistance and bending resistance were improved as compared with Comparative Example 2 which is a single layer polyimide film having a high Young's modulus layer.
Further, the single-layer polyimide films of Comparative Examples 3 and 4 were inferior in impact resistance as compared with the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 7.
(合成例5)
5Lのセパラブルフラスコに、脱水されたジメチルアセトアミド(2903g)、及び、1,3-ビス(3-アミノプロピル)テトラメチルジシロキサン(AprTMOS)(15.9g)を溶解させた溶液を入れ、液温30℃に制御されたところへ、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物(6FDA)(14.6g)を、温度上昇が2℃以下になるように徐々に投入し、メカニカルスターラーで30分撹拌した。そこへ、2,2’-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンジジン(TFMB)(387g)を添加し、完全に溶解したことを確認後、4,4’-(ヘキサフルオロイソプロピリデン)ジフタル酸無水物(6FDA)(548g)を温度上昇が2℃以下になるように数回に分けて徐々に投入し、ポリイミド前駆体5が溶解したポリイミド前駆体溶液5(固形分25質量%)を合成した。
窒素雰囲気下で、5Lのセパラブルフラスコに、室温に下げた上記ポリイミド前駆体溶液5(400g)を加えた。そこへ、脱水されたジメチルアセトアミド(109g)を加え均一になるまで撹拌した。次に触媒であるピリジン(41.4g)と無水酢酸(53.4g)を加え24時間室温で撹拌し、ポリイミド溶液を合成した。得られたポリイミド溶液に酢酸ブチル(406g)を加え均一になるまで撹拌し、次にメタノール(3000g)を徐々に加え白色スラリーを得た。上記スラリーをろ過し、5回メタノールで洗浄し、ポリイミド5を得た。GPCによって測定したポリイミドの重量平均分子量は175000であった。
ポリイミド5を溶剤(ジクロロメタン)に溶かし、固形分15質量%のポリイミド溶液5を作製した。ポリイミド溶液5(固形分15質量%)の25℃における粘度は4174cpsであった。
(Synthesis Example 5)
A 5 L separable flask was charged with a solution in which dehydrated dimethylacetamide (2903 g) and 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisiloxane (AprTMOS) (15.9 g) were dissolved. 4,4 ′-(Hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride (6FDA) (14.6 g) was gradually added to the temperature controlled at 30 ° C. so that the temperature rise was 2 ° C. or less. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes with a mechanical stirrer. 2,2′-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine (TFMB) (387 g) was added thereto, and after confirming complete dissolution, 4,4 ′-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride ( 6FDA) (548 g) was gradually added several times so that the temperature rise was 2 ° C. or less, and a polyimide precursor solution 5 (solid content 25% by mass) in which the
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the polyimide precursor solution 5 (400 g) lowered to room temperature was added to a 5 L separable flask. Thereto, dehydrated dimethylacetamide (109 g) was added and stirred until uniform. Next, pyridine (41.4 g) and acetic anhydride (53.4 g) as catalysts were added and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to synthesize a polyimide solution. To the obtained polyimide solution, butyl acetate (406 g) was added and stirred until uniform, then methanol (3000 g) was gradually added to obtain a white slurry. The slurry was filtered and washed 5 times with methanol to obtain
(合成例6)
前記合成例5の手順で、ポリイミド前駆体溶液5に代えて、合成例4で得たポリイミド前駆体溶液4を用いた以外は、前記合成例5と同様にして、ポリイミド6を得た。GPCによって測定したポリイミド6の重量平均分子量を表3に示す。また、前記合成例5において、ポリイミド5に代えて、ポリイミド6を用いた以外は、前記合成例5と同様にして、表3に示すポリイミド溶液6を得た。ポリイミド溶液6(固形分15質量%)の25℃における粘度を表3に示す。
(Synthesis Example 6)
A
(実施例8)
ポリイミド溶液6を用い、下記(i)~(iii)の手順で得られた膜厚47μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、ポリイミド成形体Dとして準備した。
(i)ポリイミド溶液6をガラス板上に塗布し、自然乾燥後、フィルムをガラス板より剥離した。
(ii)フィルムを50℃の循環オーブンで10分乾燥した。
(iii)フィルムを、窒素気流下(酸素濃度100ppm以下)、昇温速度10℃/分で、200℃まで昇温し、200℃で1時間保持後、室温まで冷却し、ポリイミドフィルムを得た。
前記ポリイミド成形体Dの表裏両面に、ポリイミド溶液5を、乾燥後の膜厚がそれぞれ3μmとなるように塗布し、自然乾燥後、50℃の循環オーブンで10分乾燥し、次いで、窒素気流下(酸素濃度100ppm以下)、昇温速度10℃/分で、200℃まで昇温し、200℃で1時間保持後、室温まで冷却することにより、実施例8のポリイミドフィルムを得た。
(Example 8)
Using the
(I) The
(Ii) The film was dried in a circulation oven at 50 ° C. for 10 minutes.
(Iii) The film was heated to 200 ° C. under a nitrogen stream (oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less) at a heating rate of 10 ° C./min, held at 200 ° C. for 1 hour, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a polyimide film. .
The
(実施例9)
実施例8の前記(i)~(iii)の手順において、ポリイミド溶液6に代えてポリイミド溶液5を用いた以外は、前記(i)~(iii)の手順と同様にして、膜厚55μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを得て、ポリイミド成形体Eとした。
前記ポリイミド成形体Eの表裏両面に、ポリイミド前駆体溶液2を、イミド化後の膜厚がそれぞれ3μmとなるように塗布し、120℃の循環オーブンで10分乾燥してポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成した後、窒素気流下(酸素濃度100ppm以下)、昇温速度10℃/分で、350℃まで昇温し、1時間保持後、室温まで冷却してポリイミド前駆体をイミド化することにより、実施例9のポリイミドフィルムを得た。
Example 9
In the procedure of (i) to (iii) of Example 8, except that the
The
(実施例10)
実施例8の前記(i)~(iii)の手順において、ポリイミド溶液6に代えてポリイミド溶液5を用い、乾燥後の膜厚が20μmとなるように塗布量を調整した以外は、前記(i)~(iii)の手順と同様にして、膜厚20μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを得て、ポリイミド成形体Fとした。
前記ポリイミド成形体Fの表裏両面に、ポリイミド前駆体溶液2を、イミド化後の膜厚がそれぞれ15μmとなるように塗布し、120℃の循環オーブンで10分乾燥してポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成した後、窒素気流下(酸素濃度100ppm以下)、昇温速度10℃/分で、350℃まで昇温し、1時間保持後、室温まで冷却してポリイミド前駆体をイミド化することにより、実施例10のポリイミドフィルムを得た。
(Example 10)
In the procedures (i) to (iii) of Example 8, except that the
The
(実施例11)
実施例8の前記(i)~(iii)の手順において、ポリイミド溶液6に代えてポリイミド溶液5を用いた以外は、前記(i)~(iii)の手順と同様にして、膜厚48μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを得て、ポリイミド成形体Gとした。
前記ポリイミド成形体Gの一方の面に、ポリイミド前駆体溶液2を、イミド化後の膜厚が3μmとなるように塗布し、120℃の循環オーブンで10分乾燥してポリイミド前駆体樹脂塗膜を形成した後、窒素気流下(酸素濃度100ppm以下)、昇温速度10℃/分で、350℃まで昇温し、1時間保持後、室温まで冷却してポリイミド前駆体をイミド化することにより、実施例11のポリイミドフィルムを得た。
(Example 11)
In the procedures (i) to (iii) of Example 8, except that the
The
(実施例12)
実施例1の前記(1)~(3)の手順において、ポリイミド前駆体溶液1に代えてポリイミド前駆体溶液2を用いた以外は、前記(1)~(3)の手順と同様にして、膜厚10μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを得て、ポリイミド成形体Hとした。
前記ポリイミド成形体Hの表裏両面に、ポリイミド溶液5を、乾燥後の膜厚がそれぞれ20μmとなるように塗布し、自然乾燥後、50℃の循環オーブンで10分乾燥し、次いで、窒素気流下(酸素濃度100ppm以下)、昇温速度10℃/分で、200℃まで昇温し、200℃で1時間保持後、室温まで冷却することにより、実施例12のポリイミドフィルムを得た。
(Example 12)
In the procedure of (1) to (3) of Example 1, except that the
The
(比較例6)
ポリイミド溶液5を用いて、実施例8の前記(i)~(iii)と同様の手順で得られた膜厚55μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、比較例6のポリイミドフィルムとした。
(Comparative Example 6)
A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 55 μm obtained by the same procedure as in (i) to (iii) of Example 8 using the
(比較例7)
ポリイミド溶液6を用いて、実施例8の前記(i)~(iii)と同様の手順で得られた膜厚47μmの単層ポリイミドフィルムを、比較例7のポリイミドフィルムとした。
(Comparative Example 7)
A single-layer polyimide film having a film thickness of 47 μm obtained in the same procedure as (i) to (iii) in Example 8 using the
実施例8~12及び比較例6、7のポリイミドフィルムについて、前記評価方法を用いて評価した。評価結果を表4に示す。 The polyimide films of Examples 8 to 12 and Comparative Examples 6 and 7 were evaluated using the above evaluation method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 4.
表4より、実施例8のポリイミドフィルムは、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層の両面に、ケイ素原子を含有する高ヤング率層を有しており、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例7と同程度の良好な屈曲耐性を有しながら、耐衝撃性が向上しており、さらに、高ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例6に比べて、屈曲耐性が向上しており、耐衝撃性も向上していた。
実施例9、10のポリイミドフィルムは、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層の両面に、ケイ素原子を含有しない高ヤング率層を有しており、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例6と同程度の良好な屈曲耐性を有しながら、耐衝撃性が顕著に向上しており、さらに、高ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例2に比べて、屈曲耐性が向上しており、耐衝撃性が顕著に向上していた。
実施例11のポリイミドフィルムは、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層の一方の面に、ケイ素原子を含有しない高ヤング率層を有しており、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例6と同程度の良好な屈曲耐性を有しながら、耐衝撃性が向上しており、さらに、高ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例2に比べて、屈曲耐性が向上しており、耐衝撃性が向上していた。
実施例12のポリイミドフィルムは、ケイ素原子を含有しない高ヤング率層の両面に、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層を有しており、ケイ素原子を含有する低ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例6と比べて、耐衝撃性が向上しており、高ヤング率層単層のポリイミドフィルムである比較例2に比べて、屈曲耐性が向上していた。
From Table 4, the polyimide film of Example 8 has a high Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms. Impact resistance is improved while having good bending resistance comparable to that of Comparative Example 7 which is a polyimide film of a single layer, and compared with Comparative Example 6 which is a polyimide film of a single layer having a high Young's modulus. The bending resistance was improved and the impact resistance was also improved.
The polyimide films of Examples 9 and 10 have a high Young's modulus layer not containing silicon atoms on both sides of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms, and a single layer of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms. While having good bending resistance comparable to that of Comparative Example 6 which is a polyimide film, the impact resistance is remarkably improved, and moreover compared to Comparative Example 2 which is a polyimide film having a high Young's modulus layer single layer. The bending resistance was improved and the impact resistance was remarkably improved.
The polyimide film of Example 11 has a high Young's modulus layer not containing silicon atoms on one surface of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms, and a single layer of a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms. While having good bending resistance comparable to that of Comparative Example 6 which is a polyimide film, the impact resistance is improved, and further, compared to Comparative Example 2 which is a polyimide film having a single layer of high Young's modulus. Resistance was improved and impact resistance was improved.
The polyimide film of Example 12 has a low Young's modulus layer containing silicon atoms on both sides of a high Young's modulus layer not containing silicon atoms, and a low Young modulus layer single-layer polyimide film containing silicon atoms As compared with Comparative Example 6, the impact resistance was improved, and the bending resistance was improved as compared with Comparative Example 2 which was a polyimide film having a single layer having a high Young's modulus.
また、実施例7~12のポリイミドフィルムを厚み方向に切断し、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)で断面を観察したところ、互いに隣接するポリイミド層の境界に、各ポリイミド層の材料が混合したミキシング領域を有していた。
また、実施例1~12のポリイミドフィルムについて、干渉縞の有無を検査した。具体的には、ポリイミドフィルムの一方の面を黒インキで塗りつぶし、もう一方の面に干渉縞検査ランプをあて、目視にて反射観察を行った。その結果、いずれのポリイミドフィルムも実用可能なレベルであったが、実施例1~6のポリイミドフィルムに比べ、実施例7~12のポリイミドフィルムは、干渉縞が抑制されていた。
Further, when the polyimide films of Examples 7 to 12 were cut in the thickness direction and the cross section was observed with a scanning electron microscope (SEM), the mixing region where the materials of each polyimide layer were mixed at the boundary between the polyimide layers adjacent to each other. Had.
Further, the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 12 were inspected for the presence of interference fringes. Specifically, one surface of the polyimide film was painted with black ink, an interference fringe inspection lamp was applied to the other surface, and reflection observation was performed visually. As a result, all the polyimide films were at a practical level. However, compared with the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 6, the polyimide films of Examples 7 to 12 had interference fringes suppressed.
また、実施例1~12のポリイミドフィルムについて、下記密着性試験方法に従って、表面のポリイミド層の密着性試験を行った。その結果、表面のポリイミド層が剥離した面積の割合は、いずれも20%以下であった。なお、実施例11においては、高ヤング率層側の表面について密着性試験を行い、実施例11以外の各実施例においては、両面について密着性試験を行った。
<密着性試験>
JIS K5400の碁盤目試験に準拠して、表面のポリイミド層にカッターナイフを用いて1mm間隔で碁盤目状に切れ込みを入れ、100マスの格子を形成した。次いで、当該格子上にセロハンテープ(ニチバン(株))を貼り付けた後剥離し、これを5回繰り返した後、表面のポリイミド層の剥離を観察した。
Further, the polyimide films of Examples 1 to 12 were subjected to a surface polyimide layer adhesion test according to the following adhesion test method. As a result, the ratio of the area where the polyimide layer on the surface peeled was 20% or less. In Example 11, an adhesion test was performed on the surface on the high Young's modulus layer side, and in each Example other than Example 11, an adhesion test was performed on both surfaces.
<Adhesion test>
In accordance with the cross-cut test of JIS K5400, the polyimide layer on the surface was cut into a checkered pattern at intervals of 1 mm using a cutter knife to form a grid of 100 squares. Next, cellophane tape (Nichiban Co., Ltd.) was applied on the lattice and then peeled off. After repeating this five times, peeling of the polyimide layer on the surface was observed.
(実施例13)
ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレートの40質量%メチルイソブチルケトン溶液に、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート100質量部に対して10質量部の1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニル-ケトン(BASF製、イルガキュア184)を添加して、ハードコート層用樹脂組成物を調製した。
実施例1のポリイミドフィルムを10cm×10cmに切り出し、一方の面に前記ハードコート層用樹脂組成物を塗布し、紫外線を窒素気流下200mJ/cm2の露光量で照射し硬化させ、10μm膜厚の硬化膜であるハードコート層を形成し、積層体を作製した。
(Example 13)
10 parts by weight of 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (BASF, Irgacure 184) is added to 100 parts by weight of pentaerythritol triacrylate to a 40% by weight methyl isobutyl ketone solution of pentaerythritol triacrylate. A resin composition for a coat layer was prepared.
The polyimide film of Example 1 was cut out to 10 cm × 10 cm, the hard coat layer resin composition was applied to one surface, and ultraviolet light was irradiated and cured at a dose of 200 mJ / cm 2 under a nitrogen stream, and the film thickness was 10 μm. A hard coat layer, which is a cured film, was formed to produce a laminate.
(実施例14~24)
実施例13において、実施例1のポリイミドフィルムに代えて、実施例2~12のポリイミドフィルムを各々用いた以外は、実施例13と同様にして、実施例14~24の積層体を作製した。なお、実施例11のポリイミドフィルムを用いた実施例23においては、ポリイミドフィルムの高ヤング率層側の面に、ハードコート層を形成して、積層体を作製した。
(Examples 14 to 24)
In Example 13, laminates of Examples 14 to 24 were produced in the same manner as Example 13 except that the polyimide films of Examples 2 to 12 were used instead of the polyimide film of Example 1, respectively. In Example 23 using the polyimide film of Example 11, a hard coat layer was formed on the surface of the polyimide film on the high Young's modulus layer side to produce a laminate.
<鉛筆硬度>
実施例13~24で得られた積層体を、温度25℃、相対湿度60%の条件で2時間調湿した後、JIS-S-6006が規定する試験用鉛筆を用い、東洋精機(株)製 鉛筆引っかき塗膜硬さ試験機を用いて、JIS K5600-5-4(1999)に規定する鉛筆硬度試験(9.8N荷重)を、ハードコート層側の表面に行い、傷がつかない最も高い鉛筆硬度を評価することにより、各積層体の鉛筆硬度を求めた。実施例13~24で得られた積層体の鉛筆硬度は、すべて2Hであった。
<Pencil hardness>
The laminates obtained in Examples 13 to 24 were conditioned for 2 hours under conditions of a temperature of 25 ° C. and a relative humidity of 60%, and then using a test pencil specified by JIS-S-6006, Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd. The pencil hardness test (9.8 N load) specified in JIS K5600-5-4 (1999) is performed on the surface of the hard coat layer side using a pencil scratch coating film hardness tester. The pencil hardness of each laminate was determined by evaluating high pencil hardness. The pencil hardnesses of the laminates obtained in Examples 13 to 24 were all 2H.
また、実施例13~24で得られた積層体の中でも、ケイ素原子を含有するポリイミド層がハードコート層と隣接して位置する実施例20、24の積層体は、ポリイミドフィルムとハードコート層との密着性がより優れていた。 Further, among the laminates obtained in Examples 13 to 24, the laminates of Examples 20 and 24 in which the polyimide layer containing silicon atoms is positioned adjacent to the hard coat layer include the polyimide film, the hard coat layer, The adhesion was better.
1a、1a’、1b ポリイミド層
10、11 ポリミドフィルム
2 金属片
3a、3b ガラス板
4a、4b ダミーの試験片
5 土台
6 アルミ箔
7 ボールペン
1a, 1a ′,
Claims (16)
[静的屈曲試験方法]
15mm×40mmに切り出したポリイミドフィルムの試験片を、長辺の半分の位置で折り曲げ、当該試験片の長辺の両端部が厚み6mmの金属片(100mm×30mm×6mm)を上下面から挟むようにして配置し、当該試験片の両端部と金属片との上下面での重なりしろが各々10mmずつになるようにテープで固定した状態で、上下からガラス板(100mm×100mm×0.7mm)で挟み、当該試験片を内径6mmで屈曲した状態で固定する。その際に、金属片とガラス板の間で当該試験片がない部分には、ダミーの試験片を挟み込み、ガラス板が平行になるようにテープで固定する。このようにして屈曲した状態で固定した当該試験片を、60℃、90%相対湿度(RH)の環境下で24時間静置した後、ガラス板と固定用のテープを外し、当該試験片にかかる力を解放する。その後、当該試験片の一方の端部を固定し、試験片にかかる力を解放してから30分後の試験片の内角を測定する。 The polyimide film according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein when a static bending test is performed according to the following static bending test method, an internal angle after the test is 90 ° or more.
[Static bending test method]
A polyimide film test piece cut out to 15 mm × 40 mm is bent at a position of half of the long side, and both ends of the long side of the test piece sandwich a metal piece (100 mm × 30 mm × 6 mm) having a thickness of 6 mm from the upper and lower surfaces. Placed between glass plates (100 mm x 100 mm x 0.7 mm) from above and below with the tape fixed so that the overlap between the top and bottom surfaces of the test piece and the metal piece is 10 mm each. The test piece is fixed in a bent state with an inner diameter of 6 mm. At that time, a dummy test piece is sandwiched between the metal piece and the glass plate where there is no test piece, and is fixed with tape so that the glass plate is parallel. The test piece thus fixed in a bent state is left to stand for 24 hours in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90% relative humidity (RH), and then the glass plate and fixing tape are removed, and the test piece is attached to the test piece. Release this force. Thereafter, one end of the test piece is fixed, and the internal angle of the test piece 30 minutes after the force applied to the test piece is released is measured.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2019511186A JP6973476B2 (en) | 2017-04-06 | 2018-03-28 | Polyimide film, laminates, and surface materials for displays |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2017-075736 | 2017-04-06 | ||
| JP2017075736 | 2017-04-06 | ||
| JP2018024216 | 2018-02-14 | ||
| JP2018-024216 | 2018-02-14 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2018186262A1 true WO2018186262A1 (en) | 2018-10-11 |
Family
ID=63713376
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2018/012874 Ceased WO2018186262A1 (en) | 2017-04-06 | 2018-03-28 | Polyimide film, laminate, and surface material for display |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP6973476B2 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI766001B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2018186262A1 (en) |
Cited By (18)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10985344B2 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2021-04-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible cover lens films |
| JPWO2021241573A1 (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2021-12-02 | ||
| JPWO2021241572A1 (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2021-12-02 | ||
| JP2021185232A (en) * | 2019-09-06 | 2021-12-09 | 昭和電工マテリアルズ株式会社 | Polyamide-imide resin, resin composition, and semiconductor device |
| JP2022509603A (en) * | 2018-11-13 | 2022-01-21 | デュポン エレクトロニクス インコーポレイテッド | Multilayer polymer membrane |
| US11254094B2 (en) * | 2018-11-13 | 2022-02-22 | Dupont Electronics, Inc. | Multilayer polymer film |
| US11260638B2 (en) | 2019-08-29 | 2022-03-01 | Shpp Global Technologies B.V. | Transparent, flexible, impact resistant, multilayer film comprising polycarbonate copolymers |
| JP2022523603A (en) * | 2019-01-03 | 2022-04-26 | 京東方科技集團股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Manufacturing method of transparent laminated film, display device and transparent laminated film |
| KR20220053534A (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2022-04-29 | 연세대학교 원주산학협력단 | Polyimide film excellent in colorless transparency and flexibility and manufacturing method thereof |
| WO2022102449A1 (en) * | 2020-11-10 | 2022-05-19 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and production method therefor |
| WO2022102451A1 (en) * | 2020-11-10 | 2022-05-19 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and production method therefor |
| WO2022102450A1 (en) * | 2020-11-10 | 2022-05-19 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Colorless multilayer polyimide film, laminate body, and flexible electronic device manufacturing method |
| US20220220349A1 (en) * | 2019-04-29 | 2022-07-14 | Zephyros, Inc. | Bilayer Reinforcement Structures |
| US11579339B2 (en) | 2018-05-10 | 2023-02-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Replaceable cover lens for flexible display |
| US11789300B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2023-10-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible multi-layered cover lens stacks for foldable displays |
| JP2024513301A (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2024-03-25 | コーロン インダストリーズ インク | Optical film with excellent impact resistance and bending properties, and display device containing the same |
| US11988810B2 (en) | 2018-08-14 | 2024-05-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-layer wet-dry hardcoats for flexible cover lens |
| US12065551B2 (en) | 2020-10-05 | 2024-08-20 | Dupont Electronics, Inc. | Consolidated polymer film |
Citations (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS63317554A (en) * | 1987-06-19 | 1988-12-26 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Liquid polyimide resin composition |
| JPH0423833A (en) * | 1990-05-18 | 1992-01-28 | Ube Ind Ltd | Polyimidosiloxane and its composition |
| JP2000026602A (en) * | 1998-07-07 | 2000-01-25 | Nitto Denko Corp | Heat-fusible polyimide resin film, semiconductor device using the same, and multilayer wiring board |
| JP2004189981A (en) * | 2002-12-13 | 2004-07-08 | Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Thermoplastic polyimide resin material and laminated body, and manufacturing method of printed wiring board |
| JP2006027067A (en) * | 2004-07-15 | 2006-02-02 | Kaneka Corp | Adhesive film, flexible metal-clad laminate, and methods for producing for the same |
| JP2008163107A (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2008-07-17 | Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc | Optical member |
| JP2011033948A (en) * | 2009-08-04 | 2011-02-17 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Optical laminate, polarizing plate and image display apparatus |
| JP2014025059A (en) * | 2012-06-19 | 2014-02-06 | Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co Ltd | Polyimide film for supporting base material of display device, laminate of the same and method for manufacturing the same |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| TW200427583A (en) * | 2000-06-21 | 2004-12-16 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Laminate and use thereof |
| US9403947B2 (en) * | 2012-06-19 | 2016-08-02 | Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd. | Display device, method for manufacturing same, polyimide film for display device supporting bases, and method for producing polyimide film for display device supporting bases |
| JP6801648B2 (en) * | 2015-05-25 | 2020-12-16 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Polyimide film, polyimide film manufacturing method, flexible printed circuit board, flexible display board, flexible display front plate, LED lighting device and organic electroluminescence display device |
-
2018
- 2018-03-28 WO PCT/JP2018/012874 patent/WO2018186262A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2018-03-28 JP JP2019511186A patent/JP6973476B2/en active Active
- 2018-04-03 TW TW107111911A patent/TWI766001B/en active
Patent Citations (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS63317554A (en) * | 1987-06-19 | 1988-12-26 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Liquid polyimide resin composition |
| JPH0423833A (en) * | 1990-05-18 | 1992-01-28 | Ube Ind Ltd | Polyimidosiloxane and its composition |
| JP2000026602A (en) * | 1998-07-07 | 2000-01-25 | Nitto Denko Corp | Heat-fusible polyimide resin film, semiconductor device using the same, and multilayer wiring board |
| JP2004189981A (en) * | 2002-12-13 | 2004-07-08 | Kanegafuchi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Thermoplastic polyimide resin material and laminated body, and manufacturing method of printed wiring board |
| JP2006027067A (en) * | 2004-07-15 | 2006-02-02 | Kaneka Corp | Adhesive film, flexible metal-clad laminate, and methods for producing for the same |
| JP2008163107A (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2008-07-17 | Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc | Optical member |
| JP2011033948A (en) * | 2009-08-04 | 2011-02-17 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Optical laminate, polarizing plate and image display apparatus |
| JP2014025059A (en) * | 2012-06-19 | 2014-02-06 | Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co Ltd | Polyimide film for supporting base material of display device, laminate of the same and method for manufacturing the same |
Cited By (48)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10985344B2 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2021-04-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible cover lens films |
| US12108622B2 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2024-10-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible cover lens films |
| US11758757B2 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2023-09-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible cover lens films |
| US11579339B2 (en) | 2018-05-10 | 2023-02-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Replaceable cover lens for flexible display |
| US11988810B2 (en) | 2018-08-14 | 2024-05-21 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Multi-layer wet-dry hardcoats for flexible cover lens |
| TWI842774B (en) * | 2018-11-13 | 2024-05-21 | 美商杜邦電子股份有限公司 | Multilayer polymer film |
| JP7381582B2 (en) | 2018-11-13 | 2023-11-15 | デュポン エレクトロニクス インコーポレイテッド | multilayer polymer membrane |
| JP2022509603A (en) * | 2018-11-13 | 2022-01-21 | デュポン エレクトロニクス インコーポレイテッド | Multilayer polymer membrane |
| JP2022509602A (en) * | 2018-11-13 | 2022-01-21 | デュポン エレクトロニクス インコーポレイテッド | Multilayer polymer membrane |
| US11254094B2 (en) * | 2018-11-13 | 2022-02-22 | Dupont Electronics, Inc. | Multilayer polymer film |
| US11260622B2 (en) * | 2018-11-13 | 2022-03-01 | Dupont Electronics, Inc. | Multilayer polymer film |
| US11504944B2 (en) | 2018-11-13 | 2022-11-22 | Dupont Electronics, Inc. | Cover windows for displays |
| KR20220053534A (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2022-04-29 | 연세대학교 원주산학협력단 | Polyimide film excellent in colorless transparency and flexibility and manufacturing method thereof |
| KR102495618B1 (en) * | 2018-11-30 | 2023-02-06 | 연세대학교 원주산학협력단 | Polyimide film excellent in colorless transparency and flexibility and manufacturing method thereof |
| JP2022523603A (en) * | 2019-01-03 | 2022-04-26 | 京東方科技集團股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Manufacturing method of transparent laminated film, display device and transparent laminated film |
| US11762416B2 (en) | 2019-01-03 | 2023-09-19 | Boe Technology Group Co., Ltd. | Transparent laminated film, display device and method for manufacturing transparent laminated film |
| JP7275167B2 (en) | 2019-01-03 | 2023-05-17 | 京東方科技集團股▲ふん▼有限公司 | Transparent laminated film, display device, and method for producing transparent laminated film |
| US12054649B2 (en) | 2019-04-29 | 2024-08-06 | Zephyros, Inc. | Bilayer reinforcement structures |
| US20220220349A1 (en) * | 2019-04-29 | 2022-07-14 | Zephyros, Inc. | Bilayer Reinforcement Structures |
| US11940682B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2024-03-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible multi-layered cover lens stacks for foldable displays |
| US12292634B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2025-05-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible multi-layered cover lens stacks for foldable displays |
| US12292635B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2025-05-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible multi-layered cover lens stacks for foldable displays |
| US11940683B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2024-03-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible multi-layered cover lens stacks for foldable displays |
| US11934056B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2024-03-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible multi-layered cover lens stacks for foldable displays |
| US11789300B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2023-10-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Flexible multi-layered cover lens stacks for foldable displays |
| US11260638B2 (en) | 2019-08-29 | 2022-03-01 | Shpp Global Technologies B.V. | Transparent, flexible, impact resistant, multilayer film comprising polycarbonate copolymers |
| JP7310860B2 (en) | 2019-09-06 | 2023-07-19 | 株式会社レゾナック | Polyamideimide resin, resin composition, and semiconductor device |
| JP2021185232A (en) * | 2019-09-06 | 2021-12-09 | 昭和電工マテリアルズ株式会社 | Polyamide-imide resin, resin composition, and semiconductor device |
| CN117656622A (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2024-03-08 | 东洋纺株式会社 | Polyimide film and manufacturing method thereof |
| JP7103534B2 (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2022-07-20 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and its manufacturing method |
| TWI888563B (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2025-07-01 | 日商東洋紡股份有限公司 | Polyimide film and method for producing the same |
| JP7287535B2 (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2023-06-06 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and its manufacturing method |
| WO2021241573A1 (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2021-12-02 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and method for producing same |
| CN115461221B (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2023-12-29 | 东洋纺株式会社 | Polyimide film and method for producing same |
| JP2022119814A (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2022-08-17 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and method for producing the same |
| JPWO2021241573A1 (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2021-12-02 | ||
| JP2022117986A (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2022-08-12 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and its manufacturing method |
| JP7287536B2 (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2023-06-06 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and its manufacturing method |
| JP7107451B2 (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2022-07-27 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and its manufacturing method |
| WO2021241572A1 (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2021-12-02 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and method for producing same |
| JPWO2021241572A1 (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2021-12-02 | ||
| CN115461221A (en) * | 2020-05-29 | 2022-12-09 | 东洋纺株式会社 | Polyimide film and its manufacturing method |
| US12065551B2 (en) | 2020-10-05 | 2024-08-20 | Dupont Electronics, Inc. | Consolidated polymer film |
| WO2022102449A1 (en) * | 2020-11-10 | 2022-05-19 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and production method therefor |
| WO2022102451A1 (en) * | 2020-11-10 | 2022-05-19 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Polyimide film and production method therefor |
| WO2022102450A1 (en) * | 2020-11-10 | 2022-05-19 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Colorless multilayer polyimide film, laminate body, and flexible electronic device manufacturing method |
| JP2024513301A (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2024-03-25 | コーロン インダストリーズ インク | Optical film with excellent impact resistance and bending properties, and display device containing the same |
| JP7701462B2 (en) | 2021-03-26 | 2025-07-01 | コーロン インダストリーズ インク | Optical film with excellent impact resistance and bending properties and display device including the same |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TWI766001B (en) | 2022-06-01 |
| JP6973476B2 (en) | 2021-12-01 |
| JPWO2018186262A1 (en) | 2020-02-13 |
| TW201841993A (en) | 2018-12-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6973476B2 (en) | Polyimide film, laminates, and surface materials for displays | |
| KR102434812B1 (en) | Surface materials for polyimide films, laminates and displays | |
| JP6939319B2 (en) | Polyimide film, laminate, and display surface material | |
| JP7608731B2 (en) | Polyimide film, polyimide varnish, method for producing polyimide film, laminate, display member, touch panel member, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device | |
| JP7363019B2 (en) | Display materials, touch panel materials, liquid crystal display devices, and organic electroluminescent display devices | |
| JP7027867B2 (en) | Surface material for flexible displays | |
| JPWO2018230495A1 (en) | Laminated body, display surface material, touch panel member, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device | |
| JP7009902B2 (en) | A method for manufacturing a polyimide film, a method for manufacturing a polyimide precursor, a method for manufacturing a laminate, and a method for manufacturing a surface material for a display. | |
| WO2019065624A1 (en) | Film, polyimide film, laminate, member for display, touch panel member, liquid crystal display, and organic electroluminescence display apparatus | |
| JP2019137864A (en) | Polyimide film, laminate, display member, touch panel member, liquid crystal display device and organic electroluminescence display device | |
| JP2019073013A (en) | Polyimide film, method for producing polyimide film, laminate, display surface material, touch panel member, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent display | |
| JP7226312B2 (en) | Polyimide film, laminate, display surface material, touch panel member, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device | |
| JP7155533B2 (en) | Method for producing polyimide precursor solution, method for producing polyimide film, method for producing laminate, and method for producing display surface material | |
| WO2018062190A1 (en) | Polyimide film, laminate, and display surface material | |
| WO2018030410A1 (en) | Polyimide film, laminate, and surface material for display | |
| JP7088173B2 (en) | Surface material for flexible displays | |
| WO2018117145A1 (en) | Polyimide film, polyimide, polyimide precursor, laminate and surface material for displays | |
| TWI871685B (en) | Polyimide film, polyimide material, laminate, member for display, member for touch panel, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device | |
| JP7388011B2 (en) | Polyimide films, polyimide materials, laminates, display members, touch panel members, liquid crystal display devices, and organic electroluminescent display devices | |
| JP7677377B2 (en) | Polyimide film, laminate, display member, touch panel member, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescence display device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18780683 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019511186 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 18780683 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |